1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
44 #include "libiberty.h"
45 #include "safe-ctype.h"
46 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
52 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
53 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
55 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct elf_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
56 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
57 file_ptr offset
, size_t align
);
59 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
60 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
61 need to move into elfcode.h. */
63 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
66 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
67 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
68 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
70 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
71 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
72 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
73 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
74 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
75 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
76 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
79 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
82 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
83 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
84 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
95 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
98 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
99 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
100 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
102 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
103 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
106 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
109 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
110 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
111 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
117 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
120 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
121 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
122 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
124 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
125 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
126 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
127 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
128 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
131 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
134 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
135 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
136 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
145 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
148 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
149 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
150 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
152 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
153 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
154 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
155 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
156 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
159 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
162 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
163 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
164 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
173 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
176 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
177 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
178 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
180 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
183 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
186 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
187 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
188 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
190 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
193 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
194 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
197 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
199 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
204 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
207 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
210 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
211 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
215 return h
& 0xffffffff;
218 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
219 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
222 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
224 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
225 unsigned long h
= 5381;
228 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
229 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
230 return h
& 0xffffffff;
233 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
234 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
236 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
238 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
240 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
241 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
242 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
245 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
246 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
248 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
251 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
252 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
259 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
261 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
262 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
267 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
269 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
270 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
272 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
273 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
277 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
279 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
280 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
282 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
284 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
286 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
287 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
290 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
291 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
293 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
294 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
295 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
297 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
298 in case the string table is not terminated. */
299 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
300 || shstrtabsize
> bfd_get_file_size (abfd
)
301 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
302 || (shstrtab
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
)
304 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
306 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
307 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
308 bfd_release (abfd
, shstrtab
);
310 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
311 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
312 the string table over and over. */
313 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
316 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
317 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
319 return (char *) shstrtab
;
323 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
324 unsigned int shindex
,
325 unsigned int strindex
)
327 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
332 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
335 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
337 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
339 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
&& hdr
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
341 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
342 /* xgettext:c-format */
343 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to load strings from"
344 " a non-string section (number %d)"),
349 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
354 /* PR 24273: The string section's contents may have already
355 been loaded elsewhere, eg because a corrupt file has the
356 string section index in the ELF header pointing at a group
357 section. So be paranoid, and test that the last byte of
358 the section is zero. */
359 if (hdr
->sh_size
== 0 || hdr
->contents
[hdr
->sh_size
- 1] != 0)
363 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
365 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
367 /* xgettext:c-format */
368 (_("%pB: invalid string offset %u >= %" PRIu64
" for section `%s'"),
369 abfd
, strindex
, (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
,
370 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
372 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
376 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
379 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
380 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
381 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
382 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
383 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
384 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
385 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
388 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
389 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
392 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
394 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
396 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
398 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
399 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
400 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
401 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
402 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
403 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
404 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
409 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
415 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
417 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
) != NULL
)
419 elf_section_list
* entry
;
420 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**sections
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
422 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
423 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
426 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
429 if (sections
[entry
->hdr
.sh_link
] == symtab_hdr
)
431 shndx_hdr
= & entry
->hdr
;
436 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
)
438 if (symtab_hdr
== & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
))
439 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
440 shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)->hdr
;
441 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
442 the index table will not be needed. */
446 /* Read the symbols. */
448 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
450 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
451 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
452 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) symcount
* extsym_size
;
453 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
454 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
456 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
457 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
459 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
460 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
461 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
467 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
471 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
472 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
473 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
475 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*)
476 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
477 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
479 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
480 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
481 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
488 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
490 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*)
491 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
492 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
493 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
497 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
498 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
499 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
500 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
502 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
503 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
505 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
506 /* xgettext:c-format */
507 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB symbol number %lu references"
508 " nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
509 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
510 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
517 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
519 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
520 free (alloc_extshndx
);
525 /* Look up a symbol name. */
527 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
528 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
529 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
533 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
534 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
536 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
537 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
538 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
540 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
541 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
544 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
547 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
548 name
= bfd_section_name (sym_sec
);
553 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
554 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
557 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
558 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
560 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
562 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
563 signature just a string? */
566 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
568 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
569 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
570 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
571 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
573 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
574 that it is a symbol table section. */
575 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
577 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
578 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
579 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
582 /* Go read the symbol. */
583 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
584 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
585 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
588 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
591 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
594 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
596 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
598 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
599 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
602 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
604 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
605 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
606 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
609 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
610 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
611 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
612 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
613 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
615 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
617 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
619 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
625 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
626 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
627 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
631 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
632 so we can find them quickly. */
635 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
636 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**)
637 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
638 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
640 memset (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
, 0,
641 num_group
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
644 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
646 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
648 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
651 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
653 /* Make sure the group section has a BFD section
655 if (!bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
658 /* Add to list of sections. */
659 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
662 /* Read the raw contents. */
663 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
664 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
665 shdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *)
666 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
, sizeof (*dest
) / 4);
667 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
668 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
671 /* xgettext:c-format */
672 (_("%pB: corrupt size field in group section"
673 " header: %#" PRIx64
),
674 abfd
, (uint64_t) shdr
->sh_size
);
675 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
680 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
682 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
683 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
687 /* xgettext:c-format */
688 (_("%pB: invalid size field in group section"
689 " header: %#" PRIx64
""),
690 abfd
, (uint64_t) shdr
->sh_size
);
691 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
693 /* PR 17510: If the group contents are even
694 partially corrupt, do not allow any of the
695 contents to be used. */
696 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
700 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
701 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
702 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
704 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
705 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
713 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
714 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
717 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
718 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
719 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
724 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
725 /* PR binutils/23199: All sections in a
726 section group should be marked with
727 SHF_GROUP. But some tools generate
728 broken objects without SHF_GROUP. Fix
730 dest
->shdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
733 || dest
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
736 (_("%pB: invalid entry in SHT_GROUP section [%u]"),
744 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
745 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
747 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
749 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
752 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
753 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
755 (_("%pB: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
756 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
762 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
764 unsigned int search_offset
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
;
767 for (j
= 0; j
< num_group
; j
++)
769 /* Begin search from previous found group. */
770 unsigned i
= (j
+ search_offset
) % num_group
;
772 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
773 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
779 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
780 if (idx
== NULL
|| shdr
->sh_size
< 4)
782 /* See PR 21957 for a reproducer. */
783 /* xgettext:c-format */
784 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: group section '%pA' has no contents"),
785 abfd
, shdr
->bfd_section
);
786 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
] = NULL
;
787 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
790 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
792 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
793 section is a member. */
795 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
799 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
800 other members to see if any others are linked via
802 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
803 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
805 if ((++idx
)->shdr
!= NULL
806 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
807 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
811 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
812 insert current section in circular list. */
813 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
814 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
815 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
821 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
824 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
826 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
827 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
830 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
832 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
833 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
835 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
= i
;
842 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
844 /* xgettext:c-format */
845 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no group info for section '%pA'"),
853 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
856 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
857 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
860 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
861 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
863 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
864 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
866 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
867 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
868 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
869 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
872 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
873 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
874 bed
->link_order_error_handler
875 /* xgettext:c-format */
876 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"),
881 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
883 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
885 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
886 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
890 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
891 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
895 /* xgettext:c-format */
896 (_("%pB: sh_link [%d] in section `%pA' is incorrect"),
897 s
->owner
, elfsec
, s
);
901 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
904 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
905 && elf_next_in_group (s
) == NULL
)
908 /* xgettext:c-format */
909 (_("%pB: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"),
910 abfd
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
);
915 /* Process section groups. */
916 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
919 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
921 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
922 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
925 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
926 if (shdr
== NULL
|| shdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
|| shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
929 /* xgettext:c-format */
930 (_("%pB: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
936 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
937 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
943 if (idx
->shdr
== NULL
)
945 else if (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
)
946 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
947 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
948 && idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
950 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
952 /* xgettext:c-format */
953 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s' in group [%pA]"),
956 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
957 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
970 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
972 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
976 bfd_elf_group_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
978 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
979 return elf_group_name (sec
);
984 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
986 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
987 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
988 if (new_name
== NULL
)
992 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
997 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
999 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
1000 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
1001 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1004 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
1008 /* This a copy of lto_section defined in GCC (lto-streamer.h). */
1012 int16_t major_version
;
1013 int16_t minor_version
;
1014 unsigned char slim_object
;
1016 /* Flags is a private field that is not defined publicly. */
1020 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
1021 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
1024 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1025 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1031 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1033 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1036 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
1037 if (newsect
== NULL
)
1040 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
1041 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
1042 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
1044 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
1045 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
1046 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
1048 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1050 if (!bfd_set_section_vma (newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
1051 || !bfd_set_section_size (newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
1052 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (newsect
, bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
1055 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
1056 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1057 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
1058 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
1060 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1063 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1066 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
1067 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
1068 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
1070 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1072 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
1075 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
1077 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
1078 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
1079 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
1080 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
1082 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
1083 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
1084 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
1085 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1087 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
])
1089 /* FIXME: We should not recognize SHF_GNU_MBIND for ELFOSABI_NONE,
1090 but binutils as of 2019-07-23 did not set the EI_OSABI header
1094 case ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
:
1095 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
1096 elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
;
1100 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
1102 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
1103 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1104 if (name
[0] == '.')
1109 p
= ".debug", n
= 6;
1110 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'n')
1111 p
= ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n
= 17;
1112 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'd')
1113 p
= ".gdb_index", n
= 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
1114 else if (name
[1] == 'l')
1116 else if (name
[1] == 's')
1118 else if (name
[1] == 'z')
1119 p
= ".zdebug", n
= 7;
1122 if (p
!= NULL
&& strncmp (name
, p
, n
) == 0)
1123 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
1127 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1128 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1129 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1130 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1131 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1132 all but one of the sections. */
1133 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
1134 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
1135 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1137 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1138 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
1139 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
1142 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, flags
))
1145 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1146 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1147 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1148 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
1152 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
1155 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
,
1156 hdr
->sh_offset
, hdr
->sh_addralign
);
1160 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1162 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
1163 unsigned int i
, nload
;
1165 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1166 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1167 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1168 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1169 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1170 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1171 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
1173 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
1175 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
1178 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1179 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1181 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
1182 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
1183 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
1184 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
1186 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1187 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1188 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
1190 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1191 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1192 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1193 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1194 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1195 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1196 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1197 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1198 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
1200 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1201 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1202 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1203 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1204 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1205 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1206 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1212 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1213 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1214 if ((flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1215 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1216 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1218 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1219 int compression_header_size
;
1220 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size
;
1221 unsigned int uncompressed_align_power
;
1222 bfd_boolean compressed
1223 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd
, newsect
,
1224 &compression_header_size
,
1226 &uncompressed_align_power
);
1229 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1230 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1231 action
= decompress
;
1234 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1235 section. Check if we should compress. */
1236 if (action
== nothing
)
1238 if (newsect
->size
!= 0
1239 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
)
1240 && compression_header_size
>= 0
1241 && uncompressed_size
> 0
1243 || ((compression_header_size
> 0)
1244 != ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0))))
1250 if (action
== compress
)
1252 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1255 /* xgettext:c-format */
1256 (_("%pB: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1263 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1266 /* xgettext:c-format */
1267 (_("%pB: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1273 if (abfd
->is_linker_input
)
1276 && (action
== decompress
1277 || (action
== compress
1278 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0)))
1280 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1281 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1283 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
1284 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1286 bfd_rename_section (newsect
, new_name
);
1290 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1291 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1292 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_RENAME
;
1295 /* GCC uses .gnu.lto_.lto.<some_hash> as a LTO bytecode information
1297 const char *lto_section_name
= ".gnu.lto_.lto.";
1298 if (strncmp (name
, lto_section_name
, strlen (lto_section_name
)) == 0)
1300 struct lto_section lsection
;
1301 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, newsect
, &lsection
, 0,
1302 sizeof (struct lto_section
)))
1303 abfd
->lto_slim_object
= lsection
.slim_object
;
1309 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] =
1311 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1312 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1313 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1316 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1317 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1318 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1319 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1320 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1321 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1322 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1323 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1324 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1326 bfd_reloc_status_type
1327 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1328 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1330 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1331 asection
*input_section
,
1333 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1335 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1336 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1337 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1338 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1340 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1341 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1344 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1347 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1348 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1349 should be the same. */
1352 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* a
,
1353 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* b
)
1355 if (a
->sh_type
!= b
->sh_type
1356 || ((a
->sh_flags
^ b
->sh_flags
) & ~SHF_INFO_LINK
) != 0
1357 || a
->sh_addralign
!= b
->sh_addralign
1358 || a
->sh_entsize
!= b
->sh_entsize
)
1360 if (a
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1361 || a
->sh_type
== SHT_STRTAB
)
1363 return a
->sh_size
== b
->sh_size
;
1366 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1367 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1368 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1369 to be the correct section. */
1372 find_link (const bfd
*obfd
, const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1373 const unsigned int hint
)
1375 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1378 BFD_ASSERT (iheader
!= NULL
);
1380 /* See PR 20922 for a reproducer of the NULL test. */
1381 if (hint
< elf_numsections (obfd
)
1382 && oheaders
[hint
] != NULL
1383 && section_match (oheaders
[hint
], iheader
))
1386 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1388 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1390 if (oheader
== NULL
)
1392 if (section_match (oheader
, iheader
))
1393 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1394 multiple matches ? */
1401 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1402 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1403 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1406 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
*ibfd
,
1408 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1409 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*oheader
,
1410 const unsigned int secnum
)
1412 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1413 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1414 bfd_boolean changed
= FALSE
;
1415 unsigned int sh_link
;
1417 if (oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
1419 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1420 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1421 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1422 matched up with the original.
1424 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1425 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1426 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1427 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1428 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1429 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1430 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1431 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1432 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1433 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1434 without any contents. */
1435 if (oheader
->sh_link
== 0)
1436 oheader
->sh_link
= iheader
->sh_link
;
1437 if (oheader
->sh_info
== 0)
1438 oheader
->sh_info
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1442 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1443 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
!= NULL
1444 && bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
1445 (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
))
1448 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1449 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1450 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1451 in the input bfd. */
1452 if (iheader
->sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1454 /* See PR 20931 for a reproducer. */
1455 if (iheader
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1458 /* xgettext:c-format */
1459 (_("%pB: invalid sh_link field (%d) in section number %d"),
1460 ibfd
, iheader
->sh_link
, secnum
);
1464 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_link
], iheader
->sh_link
);
1465 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1467 oheader
->sh_link
= sh_link
;
1471 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1472 if we could not find a match ? */
1474 /* xgettext:c-format */
1475 (_("%pB: failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1478 if (iheader
->sh_info
)
1480 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1481 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1483 if (iheader
->sh_flags
& SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1485 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_info
],
1487 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1488 oheader
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
1491 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1492 sh_link
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1494 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1496 oheader
->sh_info
= sh_link
;
1501 /* xgettext:c-format */
1502 (_("%pB: failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1508 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1512 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1514 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1515 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1516 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1519 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1520 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1523 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1525 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1526 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1529 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1531 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1532 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1533 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1535 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1536 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
])
1537 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
]
1538 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
];
1540 /* Copy object attributes. */
1541 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1543 if (iheaders
== NULL
|| oheaders
== NULL
)
1546 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1548 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1549 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1552 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1554 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1555 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1556 files. See below for more details. */
1558 || (oheader
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
1559 && oheader
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
))
1562 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1563 fields have already been initialised. */
1564 if (oheader
->sh_size
== 0
1565 || (oheader
->sh_info
!= 0 && oheader
->sh_link
!= 0))
1568 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1569 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1570 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1572 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1574 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1577 if (oheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1578 && iheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1579 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
!= NULL
1580 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
== oheader
->bfd_section
)
1582 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1583 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1584 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1585 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1586 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1587 j
= elf_numsections (ibfd
);
1592 if (j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1595 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1596 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1597 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1598 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1600 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1602 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1605 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1606 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1607 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1609 if ((oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
1610 || iheader
->sh_type
== oheader
->sh_type
)
1611 && (iheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1612 == (oheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1613 && iheader
->sh_addralign
== oheader
->sh_addralign
1614 && iheader
->sh_entsize
== oheader
->sh_entsize
1615 && iheader
->sh_size
== oheader
->sh_size
1616 && iheader
->sh_addr
== oheader
->sh_addr
1617 && (iheader
->sh_info
!= oheader
->sh_info
1618 || iheader
->sh_link
!= oheader
->sh_link
))
1620 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1625 if (j
== elf_numsections (ibfd
) && oheader
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
)
1627 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1628 with a NULL input section. */
1629 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
!= NULL
)
1630 bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, NULL
, oheader
);
1638 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1643 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1644 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1645 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1646 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1647 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1648 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1649 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1650 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1651 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1652 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1653 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1654 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1659 /* Print out the program headers. */
1662 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1664 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1665 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1667 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1669 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1674 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1675 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1676 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1678 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1683 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1686 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1687 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1688 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1689 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1690 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1691 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1692 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1693 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1694 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1695 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1696 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1697 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1698 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1699 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1700 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1701 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1702 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1707 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1710 unsigned int elfsec
;
1711 unsigned long shlink
;
1712 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1714 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1716 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1718 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1721 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1722 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1724 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1726 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1727 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1730 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1731 if (s
->size
< extdynsize
)
1733 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1734 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1736 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1738 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1739 const char *name
= "";
1741 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1742 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1744 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1746 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1753 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1754 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1756 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1758 sprintf (ab
, "%#" BFD_VMA_FMT
"x", dyn
.d_tag
);
1763 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1764 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1765 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1766 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1767 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1768 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1769 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1770 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1771 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1772 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1773 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1774 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1775 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1776 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1777 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1778 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1779 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1780 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1781 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1782 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1783 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1784 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1785 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1786 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1787 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1788 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1789 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1790 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1791 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1792 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1793 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1794 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1795 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1796 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1797 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1798 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1799 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1800 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1801 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1802 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1803 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1804 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1805 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1806 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1807 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1808 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1809 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1810 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1811 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1812 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1813 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1814 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1815 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1816 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1817 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1818 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1819 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1820 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1823 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1827 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1832 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1834 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1837 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1846 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1847 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1849 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1853 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1855 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1857 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1858 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1860 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1861 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1862 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1863 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1865 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1868 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1872 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1878 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1880 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1882 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1883 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1885 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1887 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1888 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1889 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1890 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1891 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1892 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1904 /* Get version string. */
1907 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1908 bfd_boolean
*hidden
)
1910 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1911 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1912 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1914 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1916 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1917 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1920 version_string
= "";
1921 else if (vernum
== 1
1922 && (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
1923 || (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[0].vd_flags
1925 version_string
= "Base";
1926 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1928 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1931 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1933 version_string
= _("<corrupt>");
1934 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1938 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1940 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1942 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1944 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1951 return version_string
;
1954 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1957 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1960 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1962 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1965 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1966 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1968 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1969 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1970 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1971 fprintf (file
, " %x", symbol
->flags
);
1973 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1975 const char *section_name
;
1976 const char *name
= NULL
;
1977 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1978 unsigned char st_other
;
1980 const char *version_string
;
1983 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1985 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1986 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1987 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1991 name
= symbol
->name
;
1992 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1995 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1996 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1997 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1998 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1999 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
2000 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2001 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
2003 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
2004 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
2006 /* If we have version information, print it. */
2007 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
2013 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
2018 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
2019 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
2024 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
2025 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
2030 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
2031 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
2032 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
2034 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
2036 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
2039 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
2045 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
2047 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
2050 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
2052 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
2053 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
2054 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2056 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
2057 static bfd_boolean
* sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2058 static bfd
* sections_being_created_abfd
= NULL
;
2059 static unsigned int nesting
= 0;
2061 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2066 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
2067 sections, with each the string indices pointing to the next in the
2068 loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
2069 already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
2070 we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
2071 can expect to recurse at least once.
2073 FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
2074 rather than being held in a static pointer. */
2076 if (sections_being_created_abfd
!= abfd
)
2077 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2078 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
2080 sections_being_created
= (bfd_boolean
*)
2081 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, elf_numsections (abfd
), sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
2082 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2084 if (sections_being_created
[shindex
])
2087 (_("%pB: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
2090 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = TRUE
;
2093 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
2094 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
2095 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
2100 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2101 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
2104 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
2107 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
2108 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
2109 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
2110 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
2111 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
2112 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
2113 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
2114 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
2115 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
2116 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2119 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
2120 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2123 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
2125 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
2126 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
2127 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
2130 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
2131 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
2132 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
2134 /* Otherwise fall through. */
2139 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
2141 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
2143 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
2145 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
2146 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2147 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2148 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2150 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
2151 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2155 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2157 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2158 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2160 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2161 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2163 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2171 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
2172 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2175 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2178 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2180 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2182 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2183 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2184 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2189 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2190 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2191 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2194 /* xgettext:c-format */
2195 (_("%pB: warning: multiple symbol tables detected"
2196 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2200 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2201 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
) = *hdr
;
2202 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2203 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2205 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2206 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2207 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2208 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2209 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2211 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
2212 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
2213 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2217 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2218 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2219 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2221 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2222 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2224 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2225 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
== shindex
)
2228 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2229 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2231 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2233 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2234 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2239 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
2241 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2243 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2244 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2249 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
2250 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2254 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2255 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2258 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2261 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2263 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2266 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2267 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2268 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2273 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2274 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2275 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2278 /* xgettext:c-format */
2279 (_("%pB: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected"
2280 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2284 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2285 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2286 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2287 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2289 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2290 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2291 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2294 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2296 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2298 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2299 if (entry
->ndx
== shindex
)
2302 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
2305 entry
->ndx
= shindex
;
2307 entry
->next
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
2308 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
2309 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = & entry
->hdr
;
2313 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
2314 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
2317 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
2319 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2320 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
2324 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2327 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2328 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
2332 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2335 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2336 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
2337 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
2338 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2340 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2345 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2346 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2347 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2348 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2350 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2352 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2353 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2355 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2356 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2358 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2361 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2363 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2365 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2366 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2370 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2375 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2377 asection
*target_sect
;
2378 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
2379 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2380 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
2383 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2384 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2387 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2388 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2391 /* xgettext:c-format */
2392 (_("%pB: invalid link %u for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2393 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
);
2394 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2399 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2400 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2401 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2402 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2403 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2404 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2405 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2407 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2408 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
2409 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2410 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2416 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2418 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2419 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2430 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2433 /* Get the symbol table. */
2434 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2435 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2436 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2439 /* If this is an alloc section in an executable or shared
2440 library, or the reloc section does not use the main symbol
2441 table we don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't
2442 adequately represent such a section, so at least for now,
2443 we don't try. We just present it as a normal section. We
2444 also can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the
2445 null section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or
2446 its sh_link points to the null section. */
2447 if (((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) != 0
2448 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2449 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
2450 || hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2451 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2452 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2453 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2454 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2456 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2461 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2464 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2465 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2468 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
2469 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2470 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
2472 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
2474 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7.
2475 Also see PR 24456, for a file which deliberately has two reloc
2480 /* xgettext:c-format */
2481 (_("%pB: warning: multiple relocation sections for section %pA \
2482 found - ignoring all but the first"),
2486 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*hdr2
));
2491 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2492 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
)
2493 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2494 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2495 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2496 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2497 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2498 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2499 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2501 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2502 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
2504 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2508 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2509 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2510 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2511 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2514 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2515 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2518 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2519 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2520 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2523 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2524 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2525 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2526 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2533 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2536 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2542 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2543 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2544 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2546 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2548 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2552 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2553 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2556 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2558 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2559 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2560 for applications? */
2562 /* xgettext:c-format */
2563 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2564 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2567 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2568 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2573 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2574 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2575 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2577 /* xgettext:c-format */
2578 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2579 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2580 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2582 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2583 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2584 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2585 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2586 be rejected with an error message. */
2588 /* xgettext:c-format */
2589 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2590 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2593 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2594 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2599 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2601 /* xgettext:c-format */
2602 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2603 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2611 if (sections_being_created
&& sections_being_created_abfd
== abfd
)
2612 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = FALSE
;
2613 if (-- nesting
== 0)
2615 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2616 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2621 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2624 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2626 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2628 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2630 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2632 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2633 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2634 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2636 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2637 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2638 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2641 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2643 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2646 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2649 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2652 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2656 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2658 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2660 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2663 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2665 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2666 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2669 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2671 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2672 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ctf"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2673 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2676 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2678 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2679 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2680 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2681 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2682 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2683 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2684 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2685 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2686 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2687 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2688 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2689 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2690 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2691 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2694 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2696 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2697 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), -2, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2698 { NULL
, 0 , 0, 0, 0 }
2701 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2703 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2704 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2705 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2706 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2707 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2708 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2709 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2710 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2711 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2712 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2715 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2717 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2718 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2721 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2723 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2724 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), -2, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2725 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2726 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2729 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2731 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2732 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2735 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2737 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2738 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2739 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2742 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2744 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), -2, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2745 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2746 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2749 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2751 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2752 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2753 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2754 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2755 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2758 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2760 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2761 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2762 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2763 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2764 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2765 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2766 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2769 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2771 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2772 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2773 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2774 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2777 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2779 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2780 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2781 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2782 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2783 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2786 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2788 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2789 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2790 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2792 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2793 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2794 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2795 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2798 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2800 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2802 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2804 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2805 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2806 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2812 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2815 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2816 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2817 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2823 len
= strlen (name
);
2825 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2828 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2830 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2832 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2835 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2836 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2838 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2840 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2842 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2843 && (suffix_len
== -2
2844 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2850 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2852 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2853 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2863 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2864 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2867 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2868 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2870 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2871 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2874 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2875 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2878 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2879 bed
->special_sections
,
2885 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2888 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2889 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2892 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2897 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2901 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2903 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2904 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2905 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2907 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2910 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2914 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2917 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2918 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2919 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2921 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2922 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2923 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2924 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2925 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2926 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2927 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2928 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2929 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2930 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
2931 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2933 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2936 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
2937 || ssect
->type
== SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2938 || ssect
->type
== SHT_FINI_ARRAY
))
2940 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2941 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2945 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2948 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2950 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2951 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2952 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2953 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2955 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2956 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2957 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2958 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2959 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2960 of combined data+bss.
2962 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2963 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2964 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2965 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2966 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2971 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2972 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2974 const char *type_name
)
2982 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2983 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2984 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2986 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2988 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2989 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2990 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2993 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2994 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2995 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2997 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2998 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2999 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
3000 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
3001 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
3002 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
3003 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
3005 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
3006 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
3007 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
3009 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
3011 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
3014 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
3016 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3020 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
3024 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
3025 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
3026 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
3029 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
3030 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
3031 if (newsect
== NULL
)
3033 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
3034 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
3035 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
3036 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
3037 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
3038 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
3039 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
3040 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
3041 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
3043 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
3044 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
3045 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
3046 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
3047 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
3048 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
3049 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
3051 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
3052 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
3053 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
3055 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
3056 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3063 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (bfd
*templ
, bfd_vma offset
)
3065 /* The return value is ignored. Build-ids are considered optional. */
3066 if (templ
->xvec
->flavour
== bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
3067 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_core_find_build_id
)
3073 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
3075 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3077 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
3080 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
3083 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load"))
3085 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
&& abfd
->build_id
== NULL
)
3086 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
);
3090 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
3093 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
3096 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
3098 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
,
3104 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
3107 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
3109 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
3110 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
3114 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
3117 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
3120 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
3121 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3122 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
3126 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
3130 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
3132 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
3134 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
3135 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
3138 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
3142 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd
*abfd
,
3143 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
3144 const char *sec_name
,
3145 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
3147 char *name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
3148 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name
));
3152 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name
);
3154 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
3156 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3162 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3163 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3164 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3168 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
3169 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
3170 const char *sec_name
,
3171 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
,
3172 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
)
3174 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
3175 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3177 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
3178 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*rel_hdr
));
3179 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
3181 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3182 rel_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3183 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
, rel_hdr
, sec_name
,
3186 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
3187 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
3188 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
3189 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
3190 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
3191 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3192 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3193 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3194 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3199 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3202 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
3204 if ((flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
)) != 0
3205 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
3207 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
3210 struct fake_section_arg
3212 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
3216 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3219 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
3221 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
3222 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3223 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
3224 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
3225 unsigned int sh_type
;
3226 const char *name
= asect
->name
;
3227 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
= FALSE
;
3231 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3236 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
3240 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3241 if ((arg
->link_info
->compress_debug
& COMPRESS_DEBUG
)
3242 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
3246 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3248 asect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
;
3250 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section
3251 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3252 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3253 delay_st_name_p
= TRUE
;
3256 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ELF_RENAME
))
3258 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3259 if ((abfd
->flags
& (BFD_DECOMPRESS
| BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
)))
3261 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3262 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3266 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
3267 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3275 else if (asect
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
)
3277 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3278 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3279 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3280 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3281 char *new_name
= convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
3282 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3287 BFD_ASSERT (name
[1] != 'z');
3292 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3293 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3297 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3299 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3306 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3308 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3309 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
3310 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
3312 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3314 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3315 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
3316 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3317 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3318 if (asect
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
3321 /* xgettext:c-format */
3322 (_("%pB: error: alignment power %d of section `%pA' is too big"),
3323 abfd
, asect
->alignment_power
, asect
);
3327 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
3328 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3329 copy_private_section_data. */
3331 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
3332 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
3334 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3336 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
3337 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
3339 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
3341 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
3342 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3343 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
3344 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
3345 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3347 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3348 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3349 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3350 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3352 (_("warning: section `%pA' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
3353 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3356 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
3367 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
3368 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
3369 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
3370 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
3374 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
3378 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3382 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3386 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
3387 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
3391 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
3392 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
3395 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3396 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
3399 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3400 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3401 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3402 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3404 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3405 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3407 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
3408 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3411 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3412 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3413 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3414 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3416 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3417 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
3419 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
3420 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
3424 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
3428 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
3432 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3433 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
3434 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3435 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
3436 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
3437 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
3438 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
3440 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
3441 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
3443 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
3444 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
3445 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
3446 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3447 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3449 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
3450 if (asect
->size
== 0
3451 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
3453 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
3455 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3458 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
3459 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3460 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
3464 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
3465 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
3467 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3468 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3469 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3470 create the other. */
3471 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
3473 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3476 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3477 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
3478 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg
->link_info
)
3479 || arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
3481 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
3482 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, name
,
3483 FALSE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3488 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
3489 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, name
,
3490 TRUE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3496 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
3498 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
3508 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3509 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
3510 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
3511 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
3517 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
3519 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3520 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3521 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3525 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3526 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3527 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3528 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3531 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
3533 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
3534 asection
*elt
, *first
;
3538 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3540 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
3545 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
3547 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
3549 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3551 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
3552 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
3556 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3557 elf_section_syms. */
3558 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
);
3559 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
3561 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
3563 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
3565 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3566 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3567 set until all local symbols are output. */
3569 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
;
3570 unsigned long symndx
;
3571 unsigned long extsymoff
;
3572 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3574 /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section
3575 then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to
3576 the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */
3577 igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
3578 sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
3579 symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
3581 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
3583 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3585 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
3586 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3588 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
3589 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3590 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3591 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3593 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
3596 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3598 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3601 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
3603 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3604 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
3605 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3612 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3614 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3615 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3616 start of the input section group. */
3617 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3619 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3620 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3621 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3622 directives, not that it matters. */
3629 s
= s
->output_section
;
3631 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3633 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
3634 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*input_elf_sec
= elf_section_data (elt
);
3636 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3638 || (input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3639 && input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3641 elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3643 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rel
.idx
, loc
);
3645 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3647 || (input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3648 && input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3650 elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3652 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rela
.idx
, loc
);
3655 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->this_idx
, loc
);
3657 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3663 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== sec
->contents
);
3665 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3668 /* Given NAME, the name of a relocation section stripped of its
3669 .rel/.rela prefix, return the section in ABFD to which the
3670 relocations apply. */
3673 _bfd_elf_plt_get_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
3675 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3676 section likely apply to .got.plt or .got section. */
3677 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->want_got_plt
3678 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") == 0)
3683 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3689 return bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3692 /* Return the section to which RELOC_SEC applies. */
3695 elf_get_reloc_section (asection
*reloc_sec
)
3700 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3702 type
= elf_section_data (reloc_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
;
3703 if (type
!= SHT_REL
&& type
!= SHT_RELA
)
3706 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3707 name
= reloc_sec
->name
;
3708 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) != 0)
3711 if (type
== SHT_RELA
&& *name
++ != 'a')
3714 abfd
= reloc_sec
->owner
;
3715 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3716 return bed
->get_reloc_section (abfd
, name
);
3719 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3720 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3721 in here too, while we're at it. */
3724 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3726 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3728 unsigned int section_number
;
3729 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3730 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3731 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3735 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3737 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3738 if (link_info
== NULL
|| !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
3740 size_t reloc_count
= 0;
3742 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3743 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3745 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3747 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3749 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3751 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3752 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3753 abfd
->section_count
--;
3756 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3759 /* Count relocations. */
3760 reloc_count
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
3763 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3764 if (reloc_count
== 0)
3765 abfd
->flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
3768 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3770 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3772 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3773 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3774 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3775 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3778 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3779 if (d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3780 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3787 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3788 if (d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3789 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3795 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3796 || (link_info
== NULL
3797 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3801 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3802 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3803 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3805 elf_section_list
*entry
;
3807 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) == NULL
);
3809 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3810 entry
->ndx
= section_number
++;
3811 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
3813 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3814 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3815 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3818 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3819 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3822 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3823 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3824 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3826 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3828 /* xgettext:c-format */
3829 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: too many sections: %u"),
3830 abfd
, section_number
);
3834 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3835 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3837 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3839 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
,
3840 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3841 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3844 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3845 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3846 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3848 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3852 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3854 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3857 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3858 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3860 elf_section_list
* entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
3861 BFD_ASSERT (entry
!= NULL
);
3862 i_shdrp
[entry
->ndx
] = & entry
->hdr
;
3863 entry
->hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3865 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3866 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3869 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3873 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3875 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3876 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3877 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3878 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3879 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3881 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3883 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3884 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3885 the relocation entries apply. */
3886 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3888 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3889 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3890 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3892 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3894 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3895 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3896 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3899 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3900 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3902 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3905 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3906 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3908 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3909 if (discarded_section (s
))
3913 /* xgettext:c-format */
3914 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3915 " discarded section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3916 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3918 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3919 size as the discarded one. */
3920 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3923 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3929 s
= s
->output_section
;
3930 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3934 /* Handle objcopy. */
3935 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3938 /* xgettext:c-format */
3939 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3940 " removed section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3941 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3942 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3945 s
= s
->output_section
;
3947 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3952 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3953 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3954 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3956 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3957 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3958 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3959 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3960 /* xgettext:c-format */
3961 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"),
3966 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3970 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3971 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3972 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3973 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3974 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3975 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3976 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3978 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3980 s
= elf_get_reloc_section (sec
);
3983 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3984 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3989 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3990 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3991 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3992 field to point to this section. */
3993 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3994 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3999 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
4000 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
4003 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
4004 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
4005 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
4009 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
4011 /* This is a .stab section. */
4012 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
4013 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
4014 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
4021 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
4022 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
4023 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
4024 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
4026 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
4028 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4031 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
4032 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
4033 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
4034 the version strings. */
4035 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
4036 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
4038 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4043 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
4044 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
4045 this hash table or version table is for. */
4046 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
4048 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4052 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
4056 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
4057 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
4058 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
4064 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4066 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
4067 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4068 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
4069 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
4071 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
4072 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
))
4073 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
)));
4076 /* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All
4077 SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in
4078 SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at
4079 the beginning of that array.
4081 Returns the number of symbols to keep. */
4084 _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4085 asymbol
**syms
, long symcount
)
4087 long src_count
, dst_count
= 0;
4089 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
4091 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[src_count
];
4092 char *name
= (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym
);
4093 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4095 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4098 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4101 if (h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
&& h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4103 if (h
->linker_def
|| h
->ldscript_def
)
4106 syms
[dst_count
++] = sym
;
4109 syms
[dst_count
] = NULL
;
4114 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
4115 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
4118 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4120 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
4125 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
4128 if (sym
->section
== NULL
)
4131 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, sym
);
4132 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
4133 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
4134 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4135 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
4136 || (sym
->section
->output_section
!= NULL
4137 && sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
4138 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
4139 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
4142 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
4143 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
4146 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
4148 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
4149 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
4150 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
4151 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
4152 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
4153 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
4154 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
4155 unsigned int max_index
= 0;
4161 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
4165 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4167 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
4168 max_index
= asect
->index
;
4172 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
4173 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
4175 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
4176 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
4178 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
4179 decided to output. */
4180 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4182 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4184 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
4186 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4187 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4189 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
4191 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
4192 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
4194 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
4198 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
4199 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4201 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4203 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4207 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
4208 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
4209 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
4210 at least in that case. */
4211 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4213 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4215 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
4222 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
4223 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
,
4224 sizeof (asymbol
*));
4226 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
4229 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4231 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4234 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4235 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4236 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
4241 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4243 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4245 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4247 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4250 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
4251 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4254 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4256 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4260 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
4262 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
4266 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4267 ELF data structure. */
4269 static inline file_ptr
4270 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
4272 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
4275 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4276 required section alignment. */
4279 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
4283 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
4284 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
4285 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
4286 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4287 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
4288 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4289 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
4293 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4294 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4295 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4298 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
4299 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4301 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4302 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
4304 struct elf_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
4305 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
4306 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
4308 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
4311 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4312 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
4313 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4315 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
4318 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
4319 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4321 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
4322 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
4323 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
4327 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
4330 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4331 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
4332 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
4333 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
4337 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4338 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
4340 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
4345 if (link_info
== NULL
)
4347 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
4352 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
4353 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
4354 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
4355 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
4356 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
4357 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4358 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4359 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
4360 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
4361 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4362 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
4364 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
4370 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4372 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4374 hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4375 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4377 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
)
4379 hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
4380 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4381 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4382 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4385 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
4386 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4388 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4390 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4392 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4393 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
4395 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab
);
4398 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
4403 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4404 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4406 static bfd_size_type
4407 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4411 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4413 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4414 and one for data. */
4417 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4418 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4420 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4421 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4422 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4427 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4429 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4433 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4435 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4439 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
4441 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4445 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4447 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4451 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
4452 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
4453 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
4455 /* We need a PT_GNU_PROPERTY segment. */
4459 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4461 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4462 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4464 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4465 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4467 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment for all adjacent
4468 loadable SHT_NOTE sections. gABI requires that within a
4469 PT_NOTE segment (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4470 each note should have the same alignment. So we check
4471 whether the sections are correctly aligned. */
4472 alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
4473 while (s
->next
!= NULL
4474 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
4475 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4476 && elf_section_type (s
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4481 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4483 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4485 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4491 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4493 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4494 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
4496 /* Add a PT_GNU_MBIND segment for each mbind section. */
4497 unsigned int page_align_power
= bfd_log2 (bed
->commonpagesize
);
4498 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4499 if (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
4501 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
> PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
4504 /* xgettext:c-format */
4505 (_("%pB: GNU_MBIND section `%pA' has invalid "
4506 "sh_info field: %d"),
4507 abfd
, s
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
4510 /* Align mbind section to page size. */
4511 if (s
->alignment_power
< page_align_power
)
4512 s
->alignment_power
= page_align_power
;
4517 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4518 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4522 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
4528 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4531 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4534 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
4536 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4537 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4539 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4545 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4546 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
4553 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4555 static struct elf_segment_map
*
4556 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
4557 asection
**sections
,
4562 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4567 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
4568 amt
+= (to
- from
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4569 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4573 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
4574 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4575 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
4576 m
->count
= to
- from
;
4578 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
4580 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4581 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
4582 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4588 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4591 struct elf_segment_map
*
4592 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
4594 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4596 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
4597 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
4601 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
4603 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
4608 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4611 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
4612 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4613 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
4615 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
4616 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4618 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4619 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4620 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4621 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4623 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
4626 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
4628 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
4630 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4631 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4632 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4634 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
4638 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
4640 if (remove_empty_load
4641 && (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4643 && !(*m
)->includes_phdrs
)
4649 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4650 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
4652 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
4659 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4660 ((s->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4662 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4665 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4668 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4669 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
4670 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4671 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
4673 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
4676 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
4678 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
4682 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
4683 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
4686 unsigned int hdr_index
;
4687 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
4689 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
;
4690 bfd_boolean writable
;
4691 bfd_boolean executable
;
4693 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
4694 asection
*first_mbind
= NULL
;
4695 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
4697 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0;
4698 bfd_size_type phdr_size
;
4700 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4702 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
),
4703 sizeof (asection
*));
4704 if (sections
== NULL
)
4707 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4708 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4710 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
4711 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
4714 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4716 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4718 /* target_index is unused until bfd_elf_final_link
4719 starts output of section symbols. Use it to make
4721 s
->target_index
= i
;
4724 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4725 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
4726 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
;
4729 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
4732 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
4734 phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4735 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4736 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4737 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4738 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4739 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4741 phdr_in_segment
= info
!= NULL
&& info
->load_phdrs
;
4743 && (((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) & (maxpagesize
- 1))
4744 >= (phdr_size
& (maxpagesize
- 1))))
4745 /* For compatibility with old scripts that may not be using
4746 SIZEOF_HEADERS, add headers when it looks like space has
4747 been left for them. */
4748 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4750 /* Build the mapping. */
4754 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4755 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4757 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4758 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4760 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4761 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4765 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
4767 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4768 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4769 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4773 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4774 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4778 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
4786 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4787 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4788 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4794 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4796 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4799 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4800 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4802 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4803 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4804 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4805 program headers we will need. */
4806 if (phdr_in_segment
&& count
> 0)
4809 bfd_boolean separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4811 phdr_lma
= (sections
[0]->lma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4813 && info
->separate_code
4814 && (sections
[0]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4816 /* If data sections should be separate from code and
4817 thus not executable, and the first section is
4818 executable then put the file and program headers in
4819 their own PT_LOAD. */
4820 separate_phdr
= TRUE
;
4821 if ((((phdr_lma
+ phdr_size
- 1) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)
4822 == (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)))
4824 /* The file and program headers are currently on the
4825 same page as the first section. Put them on the
4826 previous page if we can. */
4827 if (phdr_lma
>= maxpagesize
)
4828 phdr_lma
-= maxpagesize
;
4830 separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4833 if ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_lma
4834 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
)
4835 /* If file and program headers would be placed at the end
4836 of memory then it's probably better to omit them. */
4837 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4838 else if (phdr_lma
< wrap_to
)
4839 /* If a section wraps around to where we'll be placing
4840 file and program headers, then the headers will be
4842 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4843 else if (separate_phdr
)
4845 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, 0, 0, phdr_in_segment
);
4848 m
->p_paddr
= phdr_lma
;
4850 = (sections
[0]->vma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4851 m
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
4854 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4858 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4861 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
4865 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4868 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4870 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4871 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4872 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4874 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4876 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4877 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4881 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4882 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4884 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4885 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4888 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4889 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4890 == (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4892 /* If we are demand paged then we can't map two disk
4893 pages onto the same memory page. */
4894 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4896 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4897 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4898 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4899 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4900 section can be included in the current segment. */
4901 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4902 + maxpagesize
> last_hdr
->lma
)
4903 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4904 + maxpagesize
<= hdr
->lma
))
4906 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4907 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4910 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4911 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
4913 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4914 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4915 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4916 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose. */
4919 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4921 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4922 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4923 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4924 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4926 else if (info
!= NULL
4927 && info
->separate_code
4928 && executable
!= ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0))
4933 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4935 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4941 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4942 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4945 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4946 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4948 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4950 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4956 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4958 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4961 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4962 last_size
= !IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0;
4966 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4967 header holding all the sections from hdr_index until hdr. */
4969 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4976 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4981 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
4987 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4988 last_size
= !IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0;
4990 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4993 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4995 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4996 && (i
- hdr_index
!= 1
4997 || !IS_TBSS (last_hdr
)))
4999 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
5007 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5010 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
5017 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable SHT_NOTE sections,
5018 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
5019 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
5020 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
5021 in the output file. */
5022 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5024 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5025 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
5028 unsigned int alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
5031 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
5033 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
5034 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5035 && elf_section_type (s2
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
5036 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
,
5043 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5044 amt
+= count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5045 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5049 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
5053 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
5054 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5057 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
5058 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5062 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
5068 if (first_mbind
== NULL
5069 && (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
5073 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
5076 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5077 amt
+= tls_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5078 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5083 m
->count
= tls_count
;
5084 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5086 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5088 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
; ++i
)
5090 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
5093 (_("%pB: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
5096 while (i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
)
5098 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
5100 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %pA"), s
);
5104 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %pA"), s
);
5107 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5119 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5120 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
5121 for (s
= first_mbind
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5122 if ((elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0
5123 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
<= PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
5125 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5126 unsigned long p_flags
= PF_R
;
5127 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
5129 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
5132 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5133 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5137 m
->p_type
= (PT_GNU_MBIND_LO
5138 + elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
5140 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5142 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
5148 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5149 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
5150 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
5152 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5153 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5157 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_PROPERTY
;
5159 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5166 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
5168 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
5169 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
5170 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
5172 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5173 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5177 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
5179 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
5185 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
5187 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5188 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5192 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
5193 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
5194 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
5195 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5196 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
5197 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
5199 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
5200 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
5207 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
5209 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5211 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5213 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
5214 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
5217 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5218 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5219 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5222 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5227 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
5230 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5231 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5235 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
5242 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
5245 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
5248 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5250 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5255 if (sections
!= NULL
)
5260 /* Sort sections by address. */
5263 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5265 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
5266 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
5267 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
5269 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
5270 place the section into a segment. */
5271 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
5273 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
5276 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
5277 the same, and this will do nothing. */
5278 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
5280 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
5283 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
5285 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
5292 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
5297 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
5298 before others at the same address. */
5300 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
5301 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
5308 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5311 /* This qsort comparison functions sorts PT_LOAD segments first and
5312 by p_paddr, for assign_file_positions_for_load_sections. */
5315 elf_sort_segments (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5317 const struct elf_segment_map
*m1
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg1
;
5318 const struct elf_segment_map
*m2
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg2
;
5320 if (m1
->p_type
!= m2
->p_type
)
5322 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5324 if (m2
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5326 return m1
->p_type
< m2
->p_type
? -1 : 1;
5328 if (m1
->includes_filehdr
!= m2
->includes_filehdr
)
5329 return m1
->includes_filehdr
? -1 : 1;
5330 if (m1
->no_sort_lma
!= m2
->no_sort_lma
)
5331 return m1
->no_sort_lma
? -1 : 1;
5332 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& !m1
->no_sort_lma
)
5336 if (m1
->p_paddr_valid
)
5338 else if (m1
->count
!= 0)
5339 lma1
= m1
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m1
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5341 if (m2
->p_paddr_valid
)
5343 else if (m2
->count
!= 0)
5344 lma2
= m2
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m2
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5346 return lma1
< lma2
? -1 : 1;
5348 if (m1
->idx
!= m2
->idx
)
5349 return m1
->idx
< m2
->idx
? -1 : 1;
5353 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
5355 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
5356 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
5357 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
5358 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
5359 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
5362 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
5363 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
5365 /* In other words, something like:
5367 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
5368 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
5369 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
5370 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
5372 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
5374 which can be collapsed into the expression below. */
5377 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
5379 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
5380 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
5382 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
5386 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
5389 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
5394 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
5395 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
5396 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
5397 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
5398 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
5399 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
5401 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
5402 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
5406 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
5407 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
5408 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
5414 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
5419 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
5421 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
5424 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
5429 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5430 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5434 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5435 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5437 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5438 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5439 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_load_seg
;
5440 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5441 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5443 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
5444 unsigned int alloc
, actual
;
5446 struct elf_segment_map
**sorted_seg_map
;
5448 if (link_info
== NULL
5449 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
5453 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5458 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5459 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5463 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5464 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
5465 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
5468 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
5470 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5473 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5477 actual
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5478 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
5479 == actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
5480 BFD_ASSERT (actual
>= alloc
);
5485 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5489 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5490 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5491 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5492 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5493 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5495 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5496 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5497 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5498 phdrs
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, (actual
* sizeof (*phdrs
)
5499 + alloc
* sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
)));
5500 sorted_seg_map
= (struct elf_segment_map
**) (phdrs
+ actual
);
5501 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
5505 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), j
= 0; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, j
++)
5507 sorted_seg_map
[j
] = m
;
5508 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5509 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5510 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5511 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5512 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5514 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
5515 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
5517 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5518 m
->sections
[i
]->target_index
= i
;
5519 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
5524 qsort (sorted_seg_map
, alloc
, sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
),
5528 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5529 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
5531 /* Sections must map to file offsets past the ELF file header. */
5532 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5533 /* And if one of the PT_LOAD headers doesn't include the program
5534 headers then we'll be mapping program headers in the usual
5535 position after the ELF file header. */
5536 phdr_load_seg
= NULL
;
5537 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5539 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5540 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5542 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5548 if (phdr_load_seg
== NULL
)
5549 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5551 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5555 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
5557 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5558 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5559 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5560 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5561 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5562 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5564 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
5565 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
5568 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5570 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5572 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5573 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
5574 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5577 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5579 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5580 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5582 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5583 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5584 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5585 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5586 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5587 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5588 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5590 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5591 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
5593 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
5595 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5596 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
5597 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5598 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
5600 if (m
== phdr_load_seg
)
5602 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5604 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5607 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5609 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5612 bfd_size_type align
;
5613 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
5615 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5619 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5621 unsigned int secalign
;
5623 secalign
= bfd_section_alignment (*secpp
);
5624 if (secalign
> align_power
)
5625 align_power
= secalign
;
5627 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
5628 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
5629 align
= maxpagesize
;
5632 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5633 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
5634 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5635 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5636 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5637 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
5639 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5642 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5643 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
5645 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5649 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
);
5651 /* Broken hardware and/or kernel require that files do not
5652 map the same page with different permissions on some hppa
5655 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5656 && bed
->no_page_alias
5657 && (off
& (maxpagesize
- 1)) != 0
5658 && (off
& -maxpagesize
) == ((off
+ off_adjust
) & -maxpagesize
))
5659 off_adjust
+= maxpagesize
;
5663 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5664 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5665 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5666 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5667 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5668 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5669 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5670 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5675 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5676 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5677 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
5679 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
5682 (_("%pB: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment"
5683 " is not the .dynamic section"),
5685 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5688 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5689 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
5690 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5691 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
5693 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5695 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5697 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5698 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5699 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5703 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
5704 || (!m
->p_paddr_valid
5705 && p
->p_paddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
))
5708 (_("%pB: not enough room for program headers,"
5709 " try linking with -N"),
5711 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5715 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5719 else if (sorted_seg_map
[0]->includes_filehdr
)
5721 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*filehdr
= phdrs
+ sorted_seg_map
[0]->idx
;
5722 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr
->p_vaddr
;
5723 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5724 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr
->p_paddr
;
5728 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5730 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5732 p
->p_filesz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5733 p
->p_memsz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5734 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5736 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5738 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= p
->p_offset
;
5741 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5742 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5743 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5746 else if (phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
)
5748 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
= phdrs
+ phdr_load_seg
->idx
;
5749 bfd_vma phdr_off
= 0;
5750 if (phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
5751 phdr_off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5752 p
->p_vaddr
= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr_off
;
5753 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5754 p
->p_paddr
= phdr
->p_paddr
+ phdr_off
;
5755 p
->p_offset
= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr_off
;
5758 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5762 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5763 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
5765 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
5771 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
5773 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5774 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5778 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5779 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5780 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5781 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5782 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5783 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5786 bfd_size_type align
;
5787 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5790 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
5791 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_section_alignment (sec
);
5793 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5794 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5795 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
5796 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
5797 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
5798 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
5800 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
;
5801 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
;
5802 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
;
5803 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
;
5807 || p_end
< p_start
))
5810 /* xgettext:c-format */
5811 (_("%pB: section %pA lma %#" PRIx64
" adjusted to %#" PRIx64
),
5812 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) s_start
, (uint64_t) p_end
);
5816 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5818 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5820 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5822 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
5824 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5825 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5827 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
5828 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
5833 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5837 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5839 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5843 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5844 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5845 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5851 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5860 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5862 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5863 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5864 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5866 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5867 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
5868 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
5870 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5871 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5872 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5873 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5874 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5875 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5877 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
5879 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
5882 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5884 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5885 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5886 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5887 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5888 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5889 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5891 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5893 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5894 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5896 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5898 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
5899 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5902 if (align
> p
->p_align
5903 && !m
->p_align_valid
5904 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5905 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
5909 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5912 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
5914 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
5921 /* PR ld/20815 - Check that the program header segment, if
5922 present, will be loaded into memory. */
5923 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
5924 && phdr_load_seg
== NULL
5925 && !(bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr
!= NULL
5926 && bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr (abfd
, phdrs
, alloc
)))
5928 /* The fix for this error is usually to edit the linker script being
5929 used and set up the program headers manually. Either that or
5930 leave room for the headers at the start of the SECTIONS. */
5931 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: error: PHDR segment not covered"
5932 " by LOAD segment"),
5937 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5938 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5939 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5941 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
5943 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5944 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
5945 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
5946 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
5947 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
5948 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
5950 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5955 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5957 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5960 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
5961 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
5962 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
5963 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
5966 /* xgettext:c-format */
5967 (_("%pB: section `%pA' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5969 print_segment_map (m
);
5975 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5977 if (link_info
!= NULL
5978 && phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
5979 && phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
5981 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
5982 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
5983 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
5985 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
5986 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
5987 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5988 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
5990 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
5991 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5992 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5993 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
5996 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
= phdrs
[phdr_load_seg
->idx
].p_vaddr
;
5998 if (phdr_load_seg
->count
!= 0)
5999 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
6000 s
= phdr_load_seg
->sections
[0];
6002 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
6003 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
6004 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& m
->count
!= 0)
6012 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
6013 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
6017 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
6018 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6021 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6022 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
6030 /* Determine if a bfd is a debuginfo file. Unfortunately there
6031 is no defined method for detecting such files, so we have to
6032 use heuristics instead. */
6035 is_debuginfo_file (bfd
*abfd
)
6037 if (abfd
== NULL
|| bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6040 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**start_headers
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6041 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**end_headers
= start_headers
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6042 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**headerp
;
6044 for (headerp
= start_headers
; headerp
< end_headers
; headerp
++)
6046 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*header
= * headerp
;
6048 /* Debuginfo files do not have any allocated SHT_PROGBITS sections.
6049 The only allocated sections are SHT_NOBITS or SHT_NOTES. */
6050 if ((header
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) == SHF_ALLOC
6051 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
6052 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOTE
)
6059 /* Assign file positions for the other sections, except for compressed debugging
6060 and other sections assigned in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load(). */
6063 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
6064 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6066 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6067 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
6068 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
, **end_hdrpp
;
6069 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
6070 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
6071 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
6074 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6075 end_hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6076 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6077 for (hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; hdrpp
< end_hdrpp
; hdrpp
++)
6079 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6082 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6083 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
6084 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
6085 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
6086 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
6087 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
6089 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0
6090 /* PR 24717 - debuginfo files are known to be not strictly
6091 compliant with the ELF standard. In particular they often
6092 have .note.gnu.property sections that are outside of any
6093 loadable segment. This is not a problem for such files,
6094 so do not warn about them. */
6095 && ! is_debuginfo_file (abfd
))
6097 /* xgettext:c-format */
6098 (_("%pB: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
6100 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
6102 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
6103 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
6104 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
6105 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6108 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6110 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
6113 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6114 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6115 /* We don't know the offset of these sections yet: their size has
6116 not been decided. */
6117 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6118 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6119 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6120 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6121 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
6122 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6123 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6124 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)]
6125 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)])
6126 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6128 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6130 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6132 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
6133 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
6134 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
6135 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
6137 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6142 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6144 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
6145 in link_info. Note that there may be padding between
6146 relro_start and the first RELRO section. */
6147 start
= link_info
->relro_start
;
6148 end
= link_info
->relro_end
;
6150 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6152 if (!m
->p_size_valid
)
6154 start
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
6155 end
= start
+ m
->p_size
;
6166 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
6167 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
6170 /* Find a LOAD segment containing a section in the RELRO
6172 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
6174 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
6176 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6178 && (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->vma
6179 + (!IS_TBSS (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1])
6180 ? lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->size
6182 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
< end
)
6188 /* Find the section starting the RELRO segment. */
6189 for (i
= 0; i
< lm
->count
; i
++)
6191 asection
*s
= lm
->sections
[i
];
6200 p
->p_vaddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->vma
;
6201 p
->p_paddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->lma
;
6202 p
->p_offset
= lm
->sections
[i
]->filepos
;
6203 p
->p_memsz
= end
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6204 p
->p_filesz
= p
->p_memsz
;
6206 /* The RELRO segment typically ends a few bytes
6207 into .got.plt but other layouts are possible.
6208 In cases where the end does not match any
6209 loaded section (for instance is in file
6210 padding), trim p_filesz back to correspond to
6211 the end of loaded section contents. */
6212 if (p
->p_filesz
> lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
)
6213 p
->p_filesz
= lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6215 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are
6216 valid. The gold linker generates RW/4 for
6217 the PT_GNU_RELRO section. It is better for
6218 objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
6219 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate
6221 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
6223 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
6229 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6232 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
6234 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
6236 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
6237 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
6239 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6243 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6244 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
6245 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
6247 /* A user specified segment layout may include a PHDR
6248 segment that overlaps with a LOAD segment... */
6249 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
6255 if (m
->includes_filehdr
|| m
->includes_phdrs
)
6257 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
6259 (_("%pB: error: non-load segment %d includes file header "
6260 "and/or program header"),
6261 abfd
, (int) (p
- phdrs
));
6266 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
6267 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
6269 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
6270 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
6271 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
6273 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
6285 static elf_section_list
*
6286 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i
, elf_section_list
* list
)
6288 for (;list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->next
)
6294 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
6295 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
6296 VMAs must be known before this is called.
6298 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
6299 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and those that
6300 bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are stored in a normal
6301 bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't consider the former sort
6302 here, unless they form part of the loadable image. Reloc sections not
6303 assigned here (and compressed debugging sections and CTF sections which
6304 nothing else in the file can rely upon) will be handled later by
6305 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
6307 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
6310 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
6311 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6313 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6314 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6315 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6317 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
6318 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
6320 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6321 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6322 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
6326 /* Start after the ELF header. */
6327 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
6329 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
6330 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
6331 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
6332 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
6334 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6337 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6338 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6339 /* Do not assign offsets for these sections yet: we don't know
6341 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6342 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6343 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6344 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6345 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
6346 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6347 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6348 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)
6349 || i
== elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
))
6351 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6354 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6357 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6363 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
6364 assignment of sections to segments. */
6365 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6368 /* And for non-load sections. */
6369 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6372 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
6374 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
6378 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=. */
6379 if (link_info
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_pie (link_info
))
6381 unsigned int num_segments
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6382 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= tdata
->phdr
;
6383 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
6385 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
6386 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
6387 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
6388 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
6389 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6391 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
6392 segments is non-zero. */
6394 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6397 /* Write out the program headers.
6398 FIXME: We used to have code here to sort the PT_LOAD segments into
6399 ascending order, as per the ELF spec. But this breaks some programs,
6400 including the Linux kernel. But really either the spec should be
6401 changed or the programs updated. */
6402 alloc
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6406 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6407 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
6415 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
6417 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
6418 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
6419 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6421 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6423 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
6424 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
6427 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
6429 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
6430 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
6431 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
6432 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
6434 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
6435 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
6436 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
6437 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6439 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6440 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
6441 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
6442 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6443 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
6444 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
6446 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
6448 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
6450 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
6451 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
6454 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
6455 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
6456 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
6457 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
6458 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
6459 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
6460 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
6461 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
6463 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
6466 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6467 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
6469 /* No program header, for now. */
6470 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6471 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6472 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
6474 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
6475 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
6476 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
6478 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
6479 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
6480 /* It all happens later. */
6484 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6485 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6488 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6489 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
6490 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6491 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
6492 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6493 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
6494 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6495 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6496 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
6502 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
6503 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
6506 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd
*abfd
)
6509 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
, **end_shdrpp
;
6510 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
6511 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
6512 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6514 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6516 shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6517 end_shdrpp
= shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6518 for (shdrpp
++; shdrpp
< end_shdrpp
; shdrpp
++)
6521 if (shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
6523 asection
*sec
= shdrp
->bfd_section
;
6524 bfd_boolean is_rel
= (shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
6525 || shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
);
6526 bfd_boolean is_ctf
= sec
&& bfd_section_is_ctf (sec
);
6529 || (sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
)))
6531 if (!is_rel
&& !is_ctf
)
6533 const char *name
= sec
->name
;
6534 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
6536 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6537 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd
, sec
,
6541 if (sec
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
6542 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) == 0)
6544 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
6545 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
6547 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
6548 if (new_name
== NULL
)
6552 /* Add section name to section name section. */
6553 if (shdrp
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
6556 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6558 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6560 /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */
6562 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6567 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6572 /* Update section size and contents. */
6573 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6574 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6575 shdrp
->bfd_section
->contents
= NULL
;
6579 /* Update section size and contents. */
6580 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6581 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6584 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
,
6591 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6593 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6594 shdrp
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
6595 shdrp
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6596 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
6598 /* Place the section headers. */
6599 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6600 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6601 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
6602 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
6603 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
6604 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6610 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6612 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6613 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
6615 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
6616 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
6618 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
6619 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
6621 /* Do not rewrite ELF data when the BFD has been opened for update.
6622 abfd->output_has_begun was set to TRUE on opening, so creation of new
6623 sections, and modification of existing section sizes was restricted.
6624 This means the ELF header, program headers and section headers can't have
6626 If the contents of any sections has been modified, then those changes have
6627 already been written to the BFD. */
6628 else if (abfd
->direction
== both_direction
)
6630 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
6634 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6637 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
6641 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd
))
6644 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6645 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6646 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
6648 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
6649 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6650 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
);
6651 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
6652 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]))
6654 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
6656 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
6658 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6659 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
6664 /* Write out the section header names. */
6665 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6666 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
6667 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6668 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
6671 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
))
6674 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
6677 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6678 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
6679 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
6685 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6687 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6688 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
6691 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6694 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
6696 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6697 unsigned int sec_index
;
6699 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
6700 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
6701 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
6703 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
6704 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
6705 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
6706 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
6707 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
6708 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6710 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
6712 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6713 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
6715 int retval
= sec_index
;
6717 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
6721 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
6722 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6727 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6731 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
6733 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
6735 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
6737 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6738 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6739 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6740 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6741 input sections rather than the output section. */
6742 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
6743 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6744 && asym_ptr
->section
)
6749 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
6750 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6751 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6752 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
6753 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
6754 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
6755 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
6758 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
6762 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6763 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6765 /* xgettext:c-format */
6766 (_("%pB: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6767 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
6768 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
6775 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8x\n",
6776 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
);
6784 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6787 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6789 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6790 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6791 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6792 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6793 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6796 unsigned int num_segments
;
6797 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6798 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6799 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
6800 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
6801 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
6802 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6804 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6805 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6808 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6810 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6811 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
6813 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6814 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6815 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6816 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6818 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6819 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6820 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6821 ? section->size : 0)
6823 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6824 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6825 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
6826 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
6827 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6828 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6830 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6831 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6832 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
6833 (section->lma >= base \
6834 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) >= section->lma) \
6835 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6836 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6838 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6839 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6840 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6841 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6842 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6843 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6844 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6846 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6848 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6850 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6854 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6855 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6856 p_memsz set to 0. */
6857 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6859 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6860 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6861 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6862 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6864 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6865 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6866 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6868 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6869 A section will be included if:
6870 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6871 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6872 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6874 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6875 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6876 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6877 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6878 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6879 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6880 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6881 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6882 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6883 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
6884 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
6885 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6886 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6887 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6888 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6889 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6890 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6891 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6892 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6893 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6894 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6895 || (segment->p_paddr \
6896 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
6897 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
6898 || (strcmp (bfd_section_name (section), ".dynamic") == 0)) \
6899 && (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD || !section->segment_mark))
6901 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6902 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6903 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6904 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
6905 && section->output_section != NULL)
6907 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6908 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6909 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6911 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6912 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6913 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6914 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6915 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6917 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6918 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6919 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6920 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6921 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6923 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6924 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6925 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6927 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6928 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6929 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6930 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6931 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6932 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6935 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6937 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6941 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6942 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6943 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6944 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6945 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6950 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
6952 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
6953 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
6954 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
6956 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6957 assignment code will work. */
6958 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
6962 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6964 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6965 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6966 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6970 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
6971 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
6973 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
6975 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6976 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
6979 /* Merge the two segments together. */
6980 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
6982 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
6984 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
6985 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
6987 if (extra_length
> 0)
6989 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6990 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
6993 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6995 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
6997 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7002 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
7004 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
7005 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
7007 if (extra_length
> 0)
7009 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
7010 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
7013 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7018 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
7019 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7023 unsigned int section_count
;
7024 asection
**sections
;
7025 asection
*output_section
;
7027 asection
*matching_lma
;
7028 asection
*suggested_lma
;
7031 asection
*first_section
;
7033 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
7036 first_section
= NULL
;
7037 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
7038 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7040 section
= section
->next
)
7042 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
7043 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
7044 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
7046 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7047 first_section
= section
;
7048 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7053 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7054 all of the sections we have selected. */
7055 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7056 amt
+= (bfd_size_type
) section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7057 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7061 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
7062 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
7064 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7065 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7066 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7068 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
7069 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
7071 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7073 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7074 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7077 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7078 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7079 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7080 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7081 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7083 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7085 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7086 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7087 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7088 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7089 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7091 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7092 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7095 if (section_count
== 0)
7097 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
7098 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
7099 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
7100 a warning is produced.
7101 There is however the valid use case of embedded systems which
7102 have segments with p_filesz of 0 and a p_memsz > 0 to initialize
7103 flash memory with zeros. No warning is shown for that case. */
7104 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7105 && (segment
->p_filesz
> 0 || segment
->p_memsz
== 0))
7106 /* xgettext:c-format */
7108 (_("%pB: warning: empty loadable segment detected"
7109 " at vaddr=%#" PRIx64
", is this intentional?"),
7110 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_vaddr
);
7112 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7114 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7115 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7120 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
7121 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
7122 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
7123 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
7125 1. None of the sections have been moved.
7126 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
7129 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
7130 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7131 of the first section.
7133 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
7134 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
7135 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
7136 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
7137 have to be created to contain the other sections.
7139 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
7140 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7141 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
7142 or segments to contain the other sections.
7144 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
7145 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
7146 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
7148 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
7149 if (sections
== NULL
)
7152 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
7153 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
7154 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
7155 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
7156 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
7159 matching_lma
= NULL
;
7160 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7162 for (section
= first_section
, j
= 0;
7164 section
= section
->next
)
7166 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
7168 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7170 sections
[j
++] = section
;
7172 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
7173 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
7174 correct value. Note - some backends require that
7175 p_paddr be left as zero. */
7177 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
7178 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7180 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
7181 && (align_power (segment
->p_vaddr
7182 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7183 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7184 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7185 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7187 output_section
->alignment_power
)
7188 == output_section
->vma
))
7189 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7191 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
7192 LMA address of the output section. */
7193 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
7194 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
7195 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7196 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
)))
7198 if (matching_lma
== NULL
7199 || output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
->lma
)
7200 matching_lma
= output_section
;
7202 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
7203 then it does not overlap any other section within that
7205 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
7207 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7208 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7210 if (j
== section_count
)
7215 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
7217 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
7219 if (isec
== section_count
)
7221 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
7222 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
7223 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
7224 program header in the input BFD. */
7225 map
->count
= section_count
;
7226 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7227 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7230 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7232 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7233 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7234 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7235 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7236 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7238 /* Account for padding before the first section in the
7240 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
- matching_lma
->lma
;
7248 /* Change the current segment's physical address to match
7249 the LMA of the first section that fitted, or if no
7250 section fitted, the first section. */
7251 if (matching_lma
== NULL
)
7252 matching_lma
= suggested_lma
;
7254 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
->lma
;
7256 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
7257 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
7258 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7260 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7262 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
7263 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
7264 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
7265 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
7266 offset when we know the correct value. */
7267 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
7268 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
7271 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7273 bfd_vma align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << matching_lma
->alignment_power
;
7274 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7275 /* We've subtracted off the size of headers from the
7276 first section lma, but there may have been some
7277 alignment padding before that section too. Try to
7278 account for that by adjusting the segment lma down to
7279 the same alignment. */
7280 if (segment
->p_align
!= 0 && segment
->p_align
< align
)
7281 align
= segment
->p_align
;
7282 map
->p_paddr
&= -align
;
7286 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
7287 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
7288 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
7289 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
7290 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
7291 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
7297 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7299 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
7300 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
7302 section
= sections
[j
];
7304 if (section
== NULL
)
7307 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7309 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
7311 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
7312 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
7314 if (map
->count
== 0)
7316 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
7317 the beginning of the segment, then something is
7319 if (align_power (map
->p_paddr
7320 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7321 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7322 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7323 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7325 output_section
->alignment_power
)
7326 != output_section
->lma
)
7333 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
7335 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
7336 and the start of this section is more than
7337 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
7338 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
7340 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
7341 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
7342 > output_section
->lma
))
7344 if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7345 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7351 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
7354 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
7355 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7357 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7358 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7361 /* PR 23932. A corrupt input file may contain sections that cannot
7362 be assigned to any segment - because for example they have a
7363 negative size - or segments that do not contain any sections. */
7364 if (map
->count
== 0)
7366 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7371 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
7372 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7373 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7375 if (isec
< section_count
)
7377 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
7378 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
7379 and carry on looping. */
7380 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7381 amt
+= (bfd_size_type
) section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7382 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7389 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
7390 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
7391 not yet been assigned. */
7393 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7394 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7395 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7396 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
->lma
;
7397 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7398 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
7399 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7402 while (isec
< section_count
);
7407 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7409 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
7410 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
7411 the offset if necessary. */
7412 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
7416 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7419 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
7420 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
7421 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7423 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7424 if (map
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
7427 = phdr_adjust_seg
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0;
7428 map
->p_paddr
= phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
+ adjust
;
7435 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
7436 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
7438 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
7439 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
7440 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
7441 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
7442 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
7443 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
7447 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
7450 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7452 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
7453 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
7454 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
7455 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
7456 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7458 unsigned int num_segments
;
7459 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
7460 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
7462 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
7465 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
7467 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
7468 map->p_paddr_valid. */
7469 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7470 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7471 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7474 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
7476 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
7480 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7485 unsigned int section_count
;
7487 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7488 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
7489 asection
*lowest_section
;
7491 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
7492 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7494 section
= section
->next
)
7496 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7497 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7499 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7500 first_section
= section
;
7505 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7506 all of the sections we have selected. */
7507 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7508 amt
+= (bfd_size_type
) section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7509 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7513 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
7516 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7517 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7518 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7519 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7520 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7521 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7522 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
7523 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
7525 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
7526 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
7528 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
7529 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
7530 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
7531 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
7532 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
7534 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
7535 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
7538 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7539 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7540 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7541 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7543 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7544 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7546 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7547 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7548 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7549 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7550 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7552 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7553 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7556 lowest_section
= NULL
;
7557 if (section_count
!= 0)
7559 unsigned int isec
= 0;
7561 for (section
= first_section
;
7563 section
= section
->next
)
7565 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7566 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7568 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
7569 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7573 if (lowest_section
== NULL
7574 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
7575 lowest_section
= section
;
7577 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
7578 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
7579 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
7580 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
7582 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7583 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
7585 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7586 if (section
->lma
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
7587 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7589 if (isec
== section_count
)
7595 if (section_count
== 0)
7596 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7597 else if (map
->p_paddr_valid
)
7599 /* Account for padding before the first section in the segment. */
7600 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7601 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7602 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7603 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7604 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7606 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= (map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
7607 - (lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0));
7610 map
->count
= section_count
;
7611 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7612 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7615 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7619 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7623 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7625 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7626 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7629 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
7632 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7634 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7635 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7636 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7637 asection
*section
, *osec
;
7638 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
7639 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7640 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7642 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
7644 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7645 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7648 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7649 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7650 section
= section
->next
)
7651 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7653 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7654 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7658 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7659 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7660 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7661 map in this case. */
7662 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
7663 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
7664 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
7667 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
7668 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
7670 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7671 from the input BFD. */
7672 osec
= section
->output_section
;
7674 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7676 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7677 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7678 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7680 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7681 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7683 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
7684 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
7685 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
7686 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
7687 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
7688 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
7694 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7696 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7697 section
= section
->next
)
7699 if (!section
->segment_mark
)
7702 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7705 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7709 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7711 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7712 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7713 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7715 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7716 bfd_vma maxpagesize
= 0;
7718 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7721 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7722 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
7724 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7725 if (segment
->p_align
> (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 2))
7726 /* xgettext:c-format */
7727 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: segment alignment of %#"
7728 PRIx64
" is too large"),
7729 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_align
);
7731 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
7734 if (maxpagesize
!= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
)
7735 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd
), maxpagesize
);
7738 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7741 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7744 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7748 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7751 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7752 bfd_boolean final_link
= (link_info
!= NULL
7753 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
));
7755 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7756 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7759 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
7761 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
7762 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
7763 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
7764 that the linker clears to differ. */
7765 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
7766 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
7768 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
7769 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
7770 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
7772 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7773 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7774 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
7776 /* Copy sh_info from input for mbind section. */
7777 if ((elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0
7778 && elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
7779 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
7780 = elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
7782 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7783 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7784 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7785 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7786 if ((link_info
== NULL
7787 || !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
7788 && (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
7789 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0))
7791 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
7792 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
7793 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7794 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
7797 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7798 if (!final_link
&& (ibfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
) == 0)
7799 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7802 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7804 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7805 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7806 may be NULL at this point. */
7807 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
7809 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7810 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
7811 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
7814 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
7819 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7820 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7823 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7828 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7830 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7831 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7834 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7835 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7837 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
7839 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
7840 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
7841 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
7842 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
7843 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
7845 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
7849 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7850 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7851 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7852 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7853 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7857 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
7861 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
7862 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
7864 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7865 asection
*s
= first
;
7866 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
7870 /* If this member section is being output but the
7871 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7872 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7873 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
7874 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
7876 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
7877 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
7879 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
7880 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
7881 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
7882 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
7884 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
7886 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
7887 && (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7889 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
7890 && (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7893 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
7899 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
7901 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7902 adjust the input section size. */
7903 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
7904 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
7905 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
7906 if (isec
->size
<= 4)
7909 isec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7914 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7916 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
7917 if (isec
->output_section
->size
<= 4)
7919 isec
->output_section
->size
= 0;
7920 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7929 /* Copy private header information. */
7932 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7934 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7935 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7938 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
7939 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
7940 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
7941 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
7942 already been worked out. */
7943 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
7945 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
7949 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
7952 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
7953 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
7954 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
7955 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
7956 swap_out_syms function. */
7958 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
7959 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
7960 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
7961 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
7962 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
7965 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7970 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
7972 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7973 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7976 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
7977 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
7980 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
7982 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
7986 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
7987 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
7988 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
7989 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
7990 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
7991 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
7993 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
7994 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
7995 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx
, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)))
7996 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
7997 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8003 /* Swap out the symbols. */
8006 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
8007 struct elf_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
8010 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8013 struct elf_strtab_hash
*stt
;
8014 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8015 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
8016 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
8017 struct elf_sym_strtab
*symstrtab
;
8018 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
8019 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
8020 unsigned long outbound_syms_index
;
8021 unsigned long outbound_shndx_index
;
8023 unsigned int num_locals
;
8025 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
8027 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
8030 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
8031 stt
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
8035 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8036 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
8037 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8038 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
8039 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8040 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
8041 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
8042 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
8044 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
8045 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8047 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
8048 symstrtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc2 (symcount
+ 1,
8049 sizeof (*symstrtab
));
8050 if (symstrtab
== NULL
)
8052 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8056 outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
8057 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
8058 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
8061 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8065 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
8066 outbound_syms_index
= 0;
8068 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
8069 outbound_shndx_index
= 0;
8071 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8073 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
8074 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
8076 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8077 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*)
8078 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
8079 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
8082 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
8083 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
8084 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
8085 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8086 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8088 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
8091 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
8093 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
8094 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8100 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8101 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8102 symstrtab
[0].sym
= sym
;
8103 symstrtab
[0].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8104 symstrtab
[0].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8105 outbound_syms_index
++;
8106 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8107 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8111 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
8112 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
8114 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
8115 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
;)
8117 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8118 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
8119 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
8120 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
8123 if (!name_local_sections
8124 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8126 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
8127 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
8131 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
8132 to get the final offset for st_name. */
8134 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt
, syms
[idx
]->name
,
8136 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8140 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
8142 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
8143 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8145 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
8146 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
8147 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
8148 sym
.st_size
= value
;
8149 if (type_ptr
== NULL
8150 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
8151 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
8153 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
8154 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
8155 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
8159 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
8162 if (sec
->output_section
)
8164 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
8165 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
8168 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
8169 if (! relocatable_p
)
8171 sym
.st_value
= value
;
8172 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
8174 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
8176 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
8178 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
8179 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
8180 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
8181 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8185 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
8188 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
8191 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
8194 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
8197 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8198 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
;
8207 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
8209 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8213 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
8214 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
8215 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
8216 demand of applications. For example, it
8217 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
8218 section of a symbol to be a section that is
8219 actually in the output file. */
8220 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
8222 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
8223 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8225 /* xgettext:c-format */
8227 (_("unable to find equivalent output section"
8228 " for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
8229 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
8231 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8237 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8240 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8242 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8243 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
8244 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8246 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
8248 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
8250 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
8255 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
8258 /* Processor-specific types. */
8259 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
8260 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8261 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8262 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
8264 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8266 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8267 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8269 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8271 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8273 if (type
!= STT_TLS
)
8275 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON
))
8276 type
= ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON
)
8277 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8279 type
= ((flags
& BSF_ELF_COMMON
) != 0
8280 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8282 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
8284 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8285 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8289 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
8290 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
8293 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
8295 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
8297 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
8298 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
8299 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8301 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8304 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
8307 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
8309 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
8310 sym
.st_target_internal
8311 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
8316 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8320 symstrtab
[idx
].sym
= sym
;
8321 symstrtab
[idx
].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8322 symstrtab
[idx
].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8324 outbound_syms_index
++;
8325 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8326 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8329 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
8330 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt
);
8332 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
8333 for (idx
= 0; idx
<= symcount
; idx
++)
8335 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &symstrtab
[idx
];
8336 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8337 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
8339 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt
,
8340 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
8341 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
8343 + (elfsym
->dest_index
8344 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
8346 + (elfsym
->destshndx_index
8347 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
))));
8352 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt
);
8353 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8354 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
8355 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
8356 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
8357 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
8358 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
8359 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
8364 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
8366 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
8367 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
8368 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
8371 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8373 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8375 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8377 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8378 if (symcount
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8380 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8383 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8385 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8391 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8393 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8395 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8397 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8399 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8403 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8404 if (symcount
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8406 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8409 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8411 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8417 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8420 #if SIZEOF_LONG == SIZEOF_INT
8421 if (asect
->reloc_count
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8423 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8427 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
8430 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
8433 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8440 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8442 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
8445 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
8446 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
8447 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
8451 return section
->reloc_count
;
8455 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
8457 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8458 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
8461 abfd
->symcount
= symcount
;
8466 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8467 asymbol
**allocation
)
8469 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8470 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
8473 abfd
->dynsymcount
= symcount
;
8477 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
8478 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
8479 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
8480 dynamic reloc section. */
8483 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8485 bfd_size_type count
;
8488 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8490 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8495 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8496 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8497 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8498 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8500 count
+= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8501 if (count
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8503 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8507 return count
* sizeof (arelent
*);
8510 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
8511 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
8512 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
8513 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
8514 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
8515 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
8516 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
8519 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8523 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8527 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8529 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8533 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8535 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8537 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8538 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8539 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8544 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
8546 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8548 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
8559 /* Read in the version information. */
8562 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
8564 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8565 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
8567 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
8569 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8570 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
8571 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
8573 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
8575 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
8577 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0
8578 || hdr
->sh_info
> hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
8580 error_return_bad_verref
:
8582 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
8583 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8584 error_return_verref
:
8585 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
8586 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
8590 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8591 if (filesize
> 0 && filesize
< hdr
->sh_size
)
8593 /* PR 24708: Avoid attempts to allocate a ridiculous amount
8595 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8597 /* xgettext:c-format */
8598 (_("error: %pB version reference section is too large (%#" PRIx64
" bytes)"),
8599 abfd
, (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
);
8600 goto error_return_verref
;
8602 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
8603 if (contents
== NULL
)
8604 goto error_return_verref
;
8606 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8607 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
8608 goto error_return_verref
;
8610 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*)
8611 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
8613 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
8614 goto error_return_verref
;
8616 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
8617 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
8618 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
8619 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
8620 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
8621 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
8623 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
8624 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
8627 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
8629 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
8631 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
8632 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8634 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
8635 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8637 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
8638 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
8641 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
8642 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
8643 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
8644 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
8645 goto error_return_verref
;
8648 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
8649 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8650 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8652 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8653 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
8654 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
8655 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
8657 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
8659 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
8660 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8661 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
8662 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
8663 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8665 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
8666 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
8668 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
8669 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
== 0)
8671 iverneed
->vn_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8674 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
8675 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
8677 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
8678 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
8679 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8681 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8682 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
8685 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
8686 if (iverneed
->vn_next
== 0)
8688 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
8689 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
8691 if (iverneed
->vn_next
8692 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8693 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8695 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
8696 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
8698 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= i
;
8704 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
8706 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8707 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
8708 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8709 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
8710 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
8712 unsigned int maxidx
;
8713 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
8715 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
8717 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
8719 error_return_bad_verdef
:
8721 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
8722 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8723 error_return_verdef
:
8724 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
8725 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
8729 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
8730 if (contents
== NULL
)
8731 goto error_return_verdef
;
8732 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8733 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
8734 goto error_return_verdef
;
8736 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
8737 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
8738 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8739 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
8740 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8741 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
8743 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8744 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8746 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8748 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
8750 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8752 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
8753 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8754 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
8755 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
8757 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
== 0)
8760 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
8761 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8762 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8764 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8765 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
8768 if (default_imported_symver
)
8770 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
8776 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
8777 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
8778 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8779 goto error_return_verdef
;
8781 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
8783 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8784 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
8785 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
8787 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
8788 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8791 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8793 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
8794 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8796 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
8797 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
, vd_bfd
));
8799 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8801 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
8802 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
8805 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8806 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
8807 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
8808 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8809 goto error_return_verdef
;
8813 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8814 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8816 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8817 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
8818 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8819 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
8821 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
8823 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
8824 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8825 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
8826 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
8827 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8829 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
8830 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
== 0)
8832 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8835 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8836 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
8838 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
8839 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
8840 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8842 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8843 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
8846 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= NULL
;
8847 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8848 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
8850 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8851 if (iverdef
->vd_next
== 0)
8853 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
8854 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
8856 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8857 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
8863 else if (default_imported_symver
)
8870 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
8871 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
8872 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8875 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
8878 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
8879 if (default_imported_symver
)
8881 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8882 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8884 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
8886 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
8887 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
8888 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
8889 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
8891 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8893 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
8894 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
8895 goto error_return_verdef
;
8896 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8897 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8898 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
8899 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8900 goto error_return_verdef
;
8902 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8903 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
8909 if (contents
!= NULL
)
8915 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
8917 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
8919 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*newsym
));
8922 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
8923 return &newsym
->symbol
;
8927 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8931 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
8934 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
8935 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
8939 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8942 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
8943 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
8946 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
8947 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
8948 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
8951 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
8952 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
8953 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
8954 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
8955 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
8956 we treat such symbols as local. */
8957 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
8960 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
8961 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
8962 These labels have the form:
8964 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
8966 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
8968 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
8969 so we only need to match the rest. */
8970 if (name
[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name
[1]))
8972 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
8976 for (p
= name
+ 2; (c
= *p
); p
++)
8978 if (c
== 1 || c
== 2)
8980 if (c
== 1 && p
== name
+ 2)
8981 /* A fake symbol. */
8984 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
8985 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
8986 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
8987 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
8988 other than some kind of local ? */
9005 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9006 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9013 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
9014 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
9015 unsigned long machine
)
9017 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
9018 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
9019 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
9020 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
9021 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
9024 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
9027 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
9028 for error reporting. */
9031 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
9035 const char **filename_ptr
,
9036 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9037 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
9038 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
9042 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
9043 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9044 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
9045 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9046 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
)
9047 || _bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9048 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9051 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
9052 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9053 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
9058 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9059 &found
, filename_ptr
,
9060 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9061 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
9063 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
9066 if (symbols
== NULL
)
9069 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9070 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
9077 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
9080 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
9081 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9083 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
9084 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
9085 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9086 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9089 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
9090 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
9091 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
9092 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
9093 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
9096 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
9097 const char **filename_ptr
,
9098 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9099 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9102 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
9103 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9104 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9109 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9111 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9112 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
9114 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9116 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
9118 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
9120 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
9123 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9124 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
9127 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
9130 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
9138 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
9140 const void *location
,
9142 bfd_size_type count
)
9144 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9147 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
9148 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
9154 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
9155 if (hdr
->sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
9157 if (bfd_section_is_ctf (section
))
9158 /* Nothing to do with this section: the contents are generated
9162 /* We must compress this section. Write output to the buffer. */
9163 unsigned char *contents
= hdr
->contents
;
9164 if ((offset
+ count
) > hdr
->sh_size
9165 || (section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0
9166 || contents
== NULL
)
9168 memcpy (contents
+ offset
, location
, count
);
9171 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
9172 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9173 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
9180 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9181 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9182 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9188 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
9191 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
9193 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
9195 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
9197 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
9198 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9200 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
9201 equivalent ELF reloc. */
9203 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
9205 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9208 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
9211 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
9214 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
9217 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
9220 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
9223 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
9229 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9231 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9233 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9234 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
9236 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
9241 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9247 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
9250 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
9253 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
9256 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
9259 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
9265 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9269 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
9277 /* xgettext:c-format */
9278 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
9279 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
9280 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9285 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
9287 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
9288 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
9290 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
9291 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
9292 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9295 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
9298 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
9299 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
9300 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
9303 bfd_reloc_status_type
9304 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
9305 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9306 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9307 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9308 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9310 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
9313 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
9314 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
9315 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
9316 out details about the corefile. */
9318 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
9319 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
9320 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
9321 # include <sys/procfs.h>
9324 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
9325 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
9328 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
9332 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
9334 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
9339 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
9340 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
9341 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
9345 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
9349 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
9352 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
9356 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
9357 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
9358 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
9362 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
9363 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
9364 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
9365 such a section already exists.
9366 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
9367 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
9368 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
9370 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9376 char *threaded_name
;
9380 /* Build the section name. */
9382 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9383 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9384 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9385 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
9387 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
9389 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
9394 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
9395 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9397 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
9401 elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
9404 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9410 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- offs
;
9411 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offs
;
9412 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9417 /* prstatus_t exists on:
9419 linux 2.[01] + glibc
9423 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9426 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9431 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
9435 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9436 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9437 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9439 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9440 has already been set by another thread. */
9441 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9442 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9443 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9444 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9446 /* pr_who exists on:
9449 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9452 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
9453 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9455 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9458 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9459 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
9461 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9462 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9464 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9465 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
9466 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9468 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9469 has already been set by another thread. */
9470 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9471 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9472 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9473 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9475 /* pr_who exists on:
9478 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9481 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
9482 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9484 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9487 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
9490 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9491 note size (ie. data object type). */
9495 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9496 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
9497 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
9499 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
9501 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
9503 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9505 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9507 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
9508 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
9511 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
9512 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
9513 data structure apart. */
9516 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9518 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9521 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
9522 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
9526 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9528 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9531 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
9532 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
9533 contents literally. */
9536 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9538 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
9542 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9544 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
9548 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9550 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
9554 elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9556 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tar", note
);
9560 elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9562 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ppr", note
);
9566 elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9568 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-dscr", note
);
9572 elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9574 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ebb", note
);
9578 elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9580 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-pmu", note
);
9584 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9586 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr", note
);
9590 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9592 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr", note
);
9596 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9598 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx", note
);
9602 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9604 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx", note
);
9608 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9610 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr", note
);
9614 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9616 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar", note
);
9620 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9622 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr", note
);
9626 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9628 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr", note
);
9632 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9634 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
9638 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9640 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
9644 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9646 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
9650 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9652 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
9656 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9658 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
9662 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9664 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
9668 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9670 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
9674 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9676 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
9680 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9682 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
9686 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9688 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note
);
9692 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9694 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note
);
9698 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9700 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb", note
);
9704 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9706 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc", note
);
9710 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9712 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
9716 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9718 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
9722 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9724 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
9728 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9730 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
9734 elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9736 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-sve", note
);
9740 elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9742 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-pauth", note
);
9745 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
9746 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9747 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9748 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9752 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9753 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9754 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9755 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9759 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
9760 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
9761 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
9764 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
9767 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
9775 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
9779 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
9785 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9787 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9789 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
9791 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
9793 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9795 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
9796 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9798 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9799 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9800 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9802 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9803 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9804 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9806 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9807 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
9809 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9810 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
9812 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9814 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
9815 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9817 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9818 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9819 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9821 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9822 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9823 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9829 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9830 note size (ie. data object type). */
9834 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
9835 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
9836 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
9839 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
9840 int n
= strlen (command
);
9842 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
9843 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
9848 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
9850 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9852 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9854 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
9855 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
9856 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
9862 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9864 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9866 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9867 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
9869 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9872 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9874 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9877 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
9878 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
9879 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
9883 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
9885 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9887 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9889 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
9895 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
9896 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
9897 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
9902 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9904 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
9905 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
9907 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9908 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
9910 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9912 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9913 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9914 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9917 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9919 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9923 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9924 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
9925 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
9926 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
9929 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9930 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
9931 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9934 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9936 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
9939 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
9941 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9942 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9943 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9946 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9948 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9952 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9953 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
9954 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
9955 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
9958 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
9959 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
9960 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
9963 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9965 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
9967 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
9970 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9977 int is_active_thread
;
9980 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
9983 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
9986 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
9990 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
9991 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
9992 /* process_info.pid */
9993 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
9994 /* process_info.signal */
9995 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
9998 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
9999 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
10000 /* thread_info.tid */
10001 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
10003 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10004 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10008 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10010 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10014 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10016 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10017 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
10018 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10020 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
10021 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10023 if (is_active_thread
)
10024 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10028 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
10029 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
10030 /* module_info.base_address */
10031 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10032 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
10034 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10035 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10039 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10041 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10046 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10047 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10048 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10059 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10061 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10063 switch (note
->type
)
10069 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
10070 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10072 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
10073 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10078 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10080 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10083 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10085 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
10088 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
10089 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10091 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
10092 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10094 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
10095 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10096 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10097 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10101 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
10102 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10103 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10104 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10109 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10110 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10111 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
10116 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10117 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10118 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
10123 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10124 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10125 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (abfd
, note
);
10130 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10131 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10132 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (abfd
, note
);
10137 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10138 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10139 return elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (abfd
, note
);
10144 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10145 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10146 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (abfd
, note
);
10151 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10152 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10153 return elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (abfd
, note
);
10157 case NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
:
10158 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10159 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10160 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, note
);
10164 case NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
:
10165 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10166 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10167 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, note
);
10171 case NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
:
10172 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10173 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10174 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, note
);
10178 case NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
:
10179 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10180 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10181 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, note
);
10185 case NT_PPC_TM_SPR
:
10186 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10187 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10188 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, note
);
10192 case NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
:
10193 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10194 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10195 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, note
);
10199 case NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
:
10200 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10201 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10202 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, note
);
10206 case NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
:
10207 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10208 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10209 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, note
);
10213 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
10214 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10215 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10216 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
10220 case NT_S390_TIMER
:
10221 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10222 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10223 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
10227 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
10228 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10229 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10230 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
10234 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
10235 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10236 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10237 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
10242 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10243 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10244 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
10248 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
10249 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10250 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10251 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
10255 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
10256 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10257 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10258 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
10262 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
10263 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10264 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10265 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
10270 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10271 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10272 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
10276 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
:
10277 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10278 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10279 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, note
);
10283 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
:
10284 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10285 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10286 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, note
);
10290 case NT_S390_GS_CB
:
10291 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10292 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10293 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, note
);
10297 case NT_S390_GS_BC
:
10298 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10299 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10300 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, note
);
10305 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10306 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10307 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10312 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10313 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10314 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
10318 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
10319 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10320 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10321 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
10325 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
10326 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10327 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10328 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
10333 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10334 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10335 return elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (abfd
, note
);
10339 case NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
:
10340 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10341 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10342 return elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (abfd
, note
);
10348 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
10349 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
10351 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10352 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10358 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10361 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
10365 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
10372 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10374 struct bfd_build_id
* build_id
;
10376 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
10379 build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
10380 if (build_id
== NULL
)
10383 build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10384 memcpy (build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10385 abfd
->build_id
= build_id
;
10391 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10393 switch (note
->type
)
10398 case NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0
:
10399 return _bfd_elf_parse_gnu_properties (abfd
, note
);
10401 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
10402 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
10407 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10409 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
10410 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
10411 sizeof (struct sdt_note
) + note
->descsz
);
10413 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
10414 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
10415 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10417 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
10423 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10425 switch (note
->type
)
10428 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
10436 elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10440 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10443 if (note
->descsz
< 108)
10448 if (note
->descsz
< 120)
10456 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10457 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10462 /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */
10463 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10467 offset
+= 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */
10471 /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */
10472 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
10473 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 17);
10476 /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */
10477 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10478 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 81);
10481 /* Padding before pr_pid. */
10484 /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */
10485 if (note
->descsz
< offset
+ 4)
10488 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10489 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10495 elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10501 /* Compute offset of pr_getregsz, skipping over pr_statussz.
10502 Also compute minimum size of this note. */
10503 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10507 min_size
= offset
+ (4 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4;
10511 offset
= 4 + 4 + 8; /* Includes padding before pr_statussz. */
10512 min_size
= offset
+ (8 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4;
10519 if (note
->descsz
< min_size
)
10522 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10523 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10526 /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */
10527 /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */
10528 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10530 size
= bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10535 size
= bfd_h_get_64 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10539 /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */
10542 /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */
10543 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10544 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10545 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10548 /* Read TID from pr_pid. */
10549 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
10550 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10553 /* Padding before pr_reg. */
10554 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
10557 /* Make sure that there is enough data remaining in the note. */
10558 if ((note
->descsz
- offset
) < size
)
10561 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
10562 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
10563 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
10567 elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10569 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10571 switch (note
->type
)
10574 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
)
10575 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10577 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10580 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10583 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10585 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC
:
10586 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10587 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".thrmisc", note
);
10591 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_PROC
:
10592 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.proc",
10595 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_FILES
:
10596 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.files",
10599 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_VMMAP
:
10600 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.vmmap",
10603 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV
:
10604 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10606 case NT_X86_XSTATE
:
10607 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10608 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10612 case NT_FREEBSD_PTLWPINFO
:
10613 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.lwpinfo",
10617 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10625 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
10629 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
10632 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
10639 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10641 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x7c + 31)
10644 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10645 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10646 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10648 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
10649 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10650 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
10652 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10653 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10654 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
10656 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
10661 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10665 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
10666 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
10668 switch (note
->type
)
10670 case NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
:
10671 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
10672 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
10673 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
10674 creates a core file. */
10675 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10676 #ifdef NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
10677 case NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
:
10678 /* NetBSD-specific Elf Auxiliary Vector data. */
10679 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10685 /* As of March 2017 there are no other machine-independent notes
10686 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
10687 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
10690 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
10694 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
10696 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
10697 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
10699 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
10700 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
10701 switch (note
->type
)
10703 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
10704 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10706 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
10707 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10713 /* On SuperH, PT_GETREGS == mach+3 and PT_GETFPREGS == mach+5.
10714 There's also old PT___GETREGS40 == mach + 1 for old reg
10715 structure which lacks GBR. */
10718 switch (note
->type
)
10720 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10721 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10723 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+5:
10724 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10730 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
10731 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
10734 switch (note
->type
)
10736 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
10737 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10739 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10740 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10750 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10752 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x48 + 31)
10755 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10756 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10757 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10759 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
10760 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10761 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
10763 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10764 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10765 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
10771 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10773 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
10774 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10776 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
10777 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10779 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
10780 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10782 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
10783 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
10785 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
10786 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10788 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
10790 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
10795 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10796 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10797 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
10806 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
10808 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
10815 if (note
->descsz
< 16)
10818 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
10819 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
10821 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
10822 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
10824 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
10825 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
10827 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
10828 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
10830 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
10831 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10834 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
10835 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
10836 thread just in case. */
10837 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
10838 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10840 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
10841 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
10843 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10846 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10848 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10852 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10853 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10854 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10856 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
10860 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
10861 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
10869 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
10870 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
10872 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10875 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10877 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10881 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10882 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10883 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10885 /* This is the current thread. */
10886 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
10887 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
10892 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
10893 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
10894 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
10895 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
10898 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10900 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
10901 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
10903 static long tid
= 1;
10905 switch (note
->type
)
10907 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
10908 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
10909 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
10910 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
10911 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
10912 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
10913 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
10914 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
10921 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10927 /* Use note name as section name. */
10928 len
= note
->namesz
;
10929 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10932 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
10933 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
10935 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10939 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10940 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10941 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
10946 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
10949 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
10953 size of data for note
10955 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
10956 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
10957 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
10958 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
10961 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
10964 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
10972 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
10979 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
10981 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
10983 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
10986 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
10987 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
10988 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
10989 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
10990 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
10991 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
10995 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
11003 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
11013 /* gcc-8 warns (*) on all the strncpy calls in this function about
11014 possible string truncation. The "truncation" is not a bug. We
11015 have an external representation of structs with fields that are not
11016 necessarily NULL terminated and corresponding internal
11017 representation fields that are one larger so that they can always
11018 be NULL terminated.
11019 gcc versions between 4.2 and 4.6 do not allow pragma control of
11020 diagnostics inside functions, giving a hard error if you try to use
11021 the finer control available with later versions.
11022 gcc prior to 4.2 warns about diagnostic push and pop.
11023 gcc-5, gcc-6 and gcc-7 warn that -Wstringop-truncation is unknown,
11024 unless you also add #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragma".
11025 (*) Depending on your system header files! */
11026 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11027 # pragma GCC diagnostic push
11028 # pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstringop-truncation"
11031 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
11035 const char *psargs
)
11037 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11039 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11042 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11043 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
11048 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11049 # if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11050 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11052 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11054 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11057 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11060 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11061 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11062 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11063 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11064 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11069 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11071 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11074 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11077 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11078 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11079 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11080 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11081 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11083 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
11088 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11089 # pragma GCC diagnostic pop
11093 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
11094 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11095 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11097 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16
)
11099 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 data
;
11101 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11102 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11103 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11107 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32 data
;
11109 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11110 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11111 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11116 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
11117 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11118 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11120 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16
)
11122 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16 data
;
11124 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11125 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11126 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11130 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32 data
;
11132 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11133 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11134 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11139 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11146 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11148 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11151 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11153 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
11158 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
11159 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
11160 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11162 prstatus32_t prstat
;
11164 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11165 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11166 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11167 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11168 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11169 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11176 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11177 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11178 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11179 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11180 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11181 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11183 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
11189 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
11191 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11198 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
11199 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11201 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11202 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
11203 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11204 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
11205 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
11206 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
11207 #if !defined(gregs)
11208 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
11209 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
11211 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
11212 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
11215 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11216 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11218 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
11220 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
11222 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11226 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11227 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11229 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11230 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
11231 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11233 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11237 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11238 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11239 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11240 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11248 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11249 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11250 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11251 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11255 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
11258 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11261 const void *fpregs
,
11264 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11265 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11266 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
11270 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11273 const void *xfpregs
,
11276 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11277 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11278 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
11282 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11283 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
11286 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
== ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
11287 note_name
= "FreeBSD";
11289 note_name
= "LINUX";
11290 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11291 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
11295 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11298 const void *ppc_vmx
,
11301 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11302 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11303 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
11307 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11310 const void *ppc_vsx
,
11313 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11314 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11315 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
11319 elfcore_write_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
,
11322 const void *ppc_tar
,
11325 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11326 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11327 note_name
, NT_PPC_TAR
, ppc_tar
, size
);
11331 elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11334 const void *ppc_ppr
,
11337 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11338 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11339 note_name
, NT_PPC_PPR
, ppc_ppr
, size
);
11343 elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11346 const void *ppc_dscr
,
11349 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11350 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11351 note_name
, NT_PPC_DSCR
, ppc_dscr
, size
);
11355 elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
,
11358 const void *ppc_ebb
,
11361 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11362 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11363 note_name
, NT_PPC_EBB
, ppc_ebb
, size
);
11367 elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
,
11370 const void *ppc_pmu
,
11373 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11374 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11375 note_name
, NT_PPC_PMU
, ppc_pmu
, size
);
11379 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11382 const void *ppc_tm_cgpr
,
11385 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11386 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11387 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
, ppc_tm_cgpr
, size
);
11391 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11394 const void *ppc_tm_cfpr
,
11397 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11398 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11399 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
, ppc_tm_cfpr
, size
);
11403 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11406 const void *ppc_tm_cvmx
,
11409 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11410 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11411 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
, ppc_tm_cvmx
, size
);
11415 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11418 const void *ppc_tm_cvsx
,
11421 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11422 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11423 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
, ppc_tm_cvsx
, size
);
11427 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
,
11430 const void *ppc_tm_spr
,
11433 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11434 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11435 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_SPR
, ppc_tm_spr
, size
);
11439 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
,
11442 const void *ppc_tm_ctar
,
11445 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11446 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11447 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
, ppc_tm_ctar
, size
);
11451 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11454 const void *ppc_tm_cppr
,
11457 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11458 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11459 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
, ppc_tm_cppr
, size
);
11463 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11466 const void *ppc_tm_cdscr
,
11469 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11470 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11471 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
, ppc_tm_cdscr
, size
);
11475 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
11478 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
11481 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11482 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11483 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
11484 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
11488 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
11491 const void *s390_timer
,
11494 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11495 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11496 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
11500 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
11503 const void *s390_todcmp
,
11506 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11507 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11508 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
11512 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11515 const void *s390_todpreg
,
11518 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11519 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11520 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
11524 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
11527 const void *s390_ctrs
,
11530 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11531 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11532 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
11536 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
11539 const void *s390_prefix
,
11542 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11543 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11544 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
11548 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11551 const void *s390_last_break
,
11554 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11555 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11556 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
11557 s390_last_break
, size
);
11561 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
11564 const void *s390_system_call
,
11567 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11568 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11569 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
11570 s390_system_call
, size
);
11574 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
11577 const void *s390_tdb
,
11580 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11581 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11582 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
11586 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
,
11589 const void *s390_vxrs_low
,
11592 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11593 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11594 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
, s390_vxrs_low
, size
);
11598 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
,
11601 const void *s390_vxrs_high
,
11604 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11605 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11606 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
,
11607 s390_vxrs_high
, size
);
11611 elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
,
11614 const void *s390_gs_cb
,
11617 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11618 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11619 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_CB
,
11624 elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
,
11627 const void *s390_gs_bc
,
11630 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11631 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11632 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_BC
,
11637 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
11640 const void *arm_vfp
,
11643 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11644 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11645 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
11649 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
11652 const void *aarch_tls
,
11655 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11656 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11657 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
11661 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11664 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
11667 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11668 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11669 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
11673 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
11676 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
11679 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11680 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11681 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
11685 elfcore_write_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
,
11688 const void *aarch_sve
,
11691 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11692 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11693 note_name
, NT_ARM_SVE
, aarch_sve
, size
);
11697 elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
,
11700 const void *aarch_pauth
,
11703 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11704 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11705 note_name
, NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
, aarch_pauth
, size
);
11709 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11712 const char *section
,
11716 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
11717 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11718 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
11719 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11720 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
11721 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11722 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
11723 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11724 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
11725 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11726 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tar") == 0)
11727 return elfcore_write_ppc_tar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11728 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ppr") == 0)
11729 return elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11730 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-dscr") == 0)
11731 return elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11732 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ebb") == 0)
11733 return elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11734 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-pmu") == 0)
11735 return elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11736 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr") == 0)
11737 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11738 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr") == 0)
11739 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11740 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx") == 0)
11741 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11742 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx") == 0)
11743 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11744 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr") == 0)
11745 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11746 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar") == 0)
11747 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11748 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr") == 0)
11749 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11750 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr") == 0)
11751 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11752 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
11753 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11754 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
11755 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11756 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
11757 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11758 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
11759 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11760 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
11761 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11762 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
11763 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11764 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
11765 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11766 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
11767 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11768 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
11769 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11770 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
11771 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11772 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
11773 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11774 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb") == 0)
11775 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11776 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc") == 0)
11777 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11778 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
11779 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11780 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
11781 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11782 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
11783 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11784 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
11785 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11786 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-sve") == 0)
11787 return elfcore_write_aarch_sve (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11788 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-pauth") == 0)
11789 return elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11794 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
,
11799 /* NB: CORE PT_NOTE segments may have p_align values of 0 or 1.
11800 gABI specifies that PT_NOTE alignment should be aligned to 4
11801 bytes for 32-bit objects and to 8 bytes for 64-bit objects. If
11802 align is less than 4, we use 4 byte alignment. */
11805 if (align
!= 4 && align
!= 8)
11809 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
11811 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
11812 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
11814 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
11817 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
11819 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
11820 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
11821 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
11824 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
11825 in
.descdata
= p
+ ELF_NOTE_DESC_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, align
);
11826 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
11828 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
11829 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
11832 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
11839 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
11842 const char * string
;
11844 bfd_boolean (* func
)(bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Note
*);
11848 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note
),
11849 GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note
),
11850 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
),
11851 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note
),
11852 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note
),
11853 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note
),
11854 GROKER_ELEMENT ("GNU", elfobj_grok_gnu_note
)
11856 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
11859 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (grokers
); i
--;)
11861 if (in
.namesz
>= grokers
[i
].len
11862 && strncmp (in
.namedata
, grokers
[i
].string
,
11863 grokers
[i
].len
) == 0)
11865 if (! grokers
[i
].func (abfd
, & in
))
11874 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
11876 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
11879 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
11880 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
11882 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
11888 p
+= ELF_NOTE_NEXT_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, in
.descsz
, align
);
11895 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
,
11900 if (size
== 0 || (size
+ 1) == 0)
11903 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
11906 buf
= (char *) bfd_malloc (size
+ 1);
11910 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
11911 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
11914 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
11915 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
, align
))
11925 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
11927 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
11928 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
11929 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
11932 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
11934 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11936 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
11940 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
11943 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
11944 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
11945 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
11946 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
11948 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
11949 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
11952 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
11956 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11958 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
11962 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
11963 if (num_phdrs
!= 0)
11964 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
11965 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
11970 enum elf_reloc_type_class
11971 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11972 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11973 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11975 return reloc_class_normal
;
11978 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
11979 relocation against a local symbol. */
11982 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
11983 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
11985 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
11987 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
11988 bfd_vma relocation
;
11990 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
11991 + sec
->output_offset
11993 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
11994 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
11995 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
11998 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
11999 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12000 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
12003 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
12004 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
12005 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
12006 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
12007 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
12008 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
12009 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
12012 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
12013 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
12019 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12020 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12024 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12026 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12027 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
12029 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12030 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12031 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
12034 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
12035 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
12036 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
12037 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
12041 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
12042 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12046 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
12048 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
12049 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12051 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
12052 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
12055 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
12057 /* Reverse the offset. */
12058 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12059 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
12061 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
12062 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
12063 offset
= (sec
->size
- address_size
) / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
) - offset
;
12069 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
12070 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
12071 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
12072 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
12073 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
12074 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
12076 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
12077 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
12078 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
12079 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
12080 the remote memory. */
12083 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
12086 bfd_size_type size
,
12087 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
12088 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
12090 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
12091 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
12095 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
12096 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12097 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12102 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12105 const char *relplt_name
;
12106 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
12110 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12116 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
12119 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
12122 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
12125 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
12126 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
12127 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
12128 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
12129 if (relplt
== NULL
)
12132 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
12133 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
12134 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
12137 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
12141 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
12142 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
12145 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12146 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
12147 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12148 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12150 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
12151 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12154 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
12156 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
12161 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
12165 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
12166 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12168 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12173 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
12174 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12177 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12178 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
12179 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
12180 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
12181 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
12182 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
12184 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
12187 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
12188 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
12190 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12194 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
12195 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
12196 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
12197 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
12200 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
12203 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
12204 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
12211 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far.
12212 ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique,
12213 but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. */
12214 static const asymbol lcomm_sym
12215 = GLOBAL_SYM_INIT ("LARGE_COMMON", &_bfd_elf_large_com_section
);
12216 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
12217 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
, &lcomm_sym
,
12218 "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON
);
12221 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12222 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12227 _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
12229 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
12231 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
12233 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12234 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
12236 /* Set the osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains
12237 SHF_GNU_MBIND sections or symbols of STT_GNU_IFUNC type or
12238 STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
12239 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
!= 0)
12241 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12242 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
12243 else if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_GNU
12244 && i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
12246 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
)
12247 _bfd_error_handler (_("GNU_MBIND section is unsupported"));
12248 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_ifunc
)
12249 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol type STT_GNU_IFUNC is unsupported"));
12250 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_unique
)
12251 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol binding STB_GNU_UNIQUE is unsupported"));
12252 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12260 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
12261 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
12262 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
12265 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
12267 return (type
== STT_FUNC
12268 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
12271 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
12272 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
12273 otherwise return zero. */
12276 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
12279 bfd_size_type size
;
12281 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
12282 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
12283 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
12286 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
12288 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
12289 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;